Peter Maydell | 3c95fde | 2020-03-06 17:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST. |
| 2 | HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and |
| 3 | HXCOMM discarded from C version. |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4 | HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to |
| 5 | HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified |
| 6 | HXCOMM architectures. |
Peter Maydell | 3c95fde | 2020-03-06 17:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C. |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | DEFHEADING(Standard options:) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | |
| 11 | DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | SRST |
| 14 | ``-h`` |
| 15 | Display help and exit |
| 16 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | |
pbrook | 9bd7e6d | 2009-04-07 22:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | SRST |
| 21 | ``-version`` |
| 22 | Display version information and exit |
| 23 | ERST |
pbrook | 9bd7e6d | 2009-04-07 22:58:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | |
Jan Kiszka | 80f52a6 | 2011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \ |
| 26 | "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
Peter Maydell | 585f603 | 2012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n" |
Jan Kiszka | 80f52a6 | 2011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n" |
Justin Terry (VM) | d661d9a | 2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n" |
Don Slutz | d1048be | 2014-11-21 11:18:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n" |
Luiz Capitulino | 8490fc7 | 2012-09-05 16:50:16 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n" |
Le Tan | a52a7fd | 2014-08-16 13:55:40 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n" |
Tony Krowiak | 2eb1cd0 | 2015-03-12 13:53:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n" |
Alexander Graf | 9850c60 | 2015-02-23 13:56:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n" |
Xiao Guangrong | 87252e1 | 2015-12-02 15:20:58 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n" |
Greg Kurz | 902c053 | 2016-02-18 12:32:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n" |
Xiao Feng Ren | 274250c | 2017-05-17 02:48:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | " enforce-config-section=on|off enforce configuration section migration (default=off)\n" |
Tao Xu | 244b3f4 | 2019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n" |
| 39 | " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n", |
Jan Kiszka | 80f52a6 | 2011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | SRST |
| 42 | ``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]`` |
| 43 | Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list |
| 44 | available machines. |
| 45 | |
| 46 | For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility |
| 47 | across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine |
| 48 | type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types |
| 49 | "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures. |
| 50 | |
| 51 | To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU |
| 52 | version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8" |
| 53 | and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to |
| 54 | skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of |
| 55 | QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions. |
| 56 | |
| 57 | Supported machine properties are: |
| 58 | |
| 59 | ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]`` |
| 60 | This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target |
| 61 | architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. |
| 62 | By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator |
| 63 | specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to |
| 64 | initialize. |
| 65 | |
| 66 | ``vmport=on|off|auto`` |
| 67 | Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says |
| 68 | to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is |
| 69 | off otherwise the default is on. |
| 70 | |
| 71 | ``dump-guest-core=on|off`` |
| 72 | Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on. |
| 73 | |
| 74 | ``mem-merge=on|off`` |
| 75 | Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when |
| 76 | supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages |
| 77 | among VMs instances (enabled by default). |
| 78 | |
| 79 | ``aes-key-wrap=on|off`` |
| 80 | Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. |
| 81 | This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created |
| 82 | to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default |
| 83 | is on. |
| 84 | |
| 85 | ``dea-key-wrap=on|off`` |
| 86 | Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts. |
| 87 | This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created |
| 88 | to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default |
| 89 | is on. |
| 90 | |
| 91 | ``nvdimm=on|off`` |
| 92 | Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off. |
| 93 | |
| 94 | ``enforce-config-section=on|off`` |
| 95 | If ``enforce-config-section`` is set to on, force migration code |
| 96 | to send configuration section even if the machine-type sets the |
| 97 | ``migration.send-configuration`` property to off. NOTE: this |
| 98 | parameter is deprecated. Please use ``-global`` |
| 99 | ``migration.send-configuration``\ =on\|off instead. |
| 100 | |
| 101 | ``memory-encryption=`` |
| 102 | Memory encryption object to use. The default is none. |
| 103 | |
| 104 | ``hmat=on|off`` |
| 105 | Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table |
| 106 | (HMAT) support. The default is off. |
| 107 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | |
Jan Kiszka | 80f52a6 | 2011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | HXCOMM Deprecated by -machine |
| 110 | DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 111 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu, |
Peter Maydell | 585f603 | 2012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | SRST |
| 115 | ``-cpu model`` |
| 116 | Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature |
| 117 | selection) |
| 118 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | |
KONRAD Frederic | 8d4e914 | 2017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel, |
Paolo Bonzini | fe17413 | 2019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
Justin Terry (VM) | d661d9a | 2018-01-22 13:07:46 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n" |
Paolo Bonzini | 46472d8 | 2019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n" |
Paolo Bonzini | 11bc4a1 | 2019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n" |
Paolo Bonzini | 23b0898 | 2019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n" |
Paolo Bonzini | fe17413 | 2019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n" |
Eduardo Habkost | 0b3c5c8 | 2018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | SRST |
| 129 | ``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]`` |
| 130 | This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target |
| 131 | architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, whpx or tcg can be available. By |
| 132 | default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator |
| 133 | specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to |
| 134 | initialize. |
| 135 | |
| 136 | ``igd-passthru=on|off`` |
| 137 | When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel |
| 138 | integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest |
| 139 | (default=off) |
| 140 | |
| 141 | ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split`` |
| 142 | Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full |
| 143 | acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip |
| 144 | reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for |
| 145 | non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely |
| 146 | is not recommended except for debugging purposes. |
| 147 | |
| 148 | ``kvm-shadow-mem=size`` |
| 149 | Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU. |
| 150 | |
| 151 | ``tb-size=n`` |
| 152 | Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache. |
| 153 | |
| 154 | ``thread=single|multi`` |
| 155 | Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded |
| 156 | there will be one thread per vCPU therefor taking advantage of |
| 157 | additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading |
| 158 | where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no |
| 159 | incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g. |
| 160 | icount/replay). |
| 161 | ERST |
KONRAD Frederic | 8d4e914 | 2017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp, |
Like Xu | 1b45842 | 2019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | "-smp [cpus=]n[,maxcpus=cpus][,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets]\n" |
Jes Sorensen | 6be68d7 | 2009-07-23 17:03:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | " set the number of CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n" |
| 166 | " maxcpus= maximum number of total cpus, including\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n" |
Like Xu | 1b45842 | 2019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | " cores= number of CPU cores on one socket (for PC, it's on one die)\n" |
Andre Przywara | 58a04db | 2009-08-28 10:49:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | " threads= number of threads on one CPU core\n" |
Like Xu | 1b45842 | 2019-06-20 13:45:25 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | " dies= number of CPU dies on one socket (for PC only)\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 | " sockets= number of discrete sockets in the system\n", |
| 172 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | SRST |
| 174 | ``-smp [cpus=]n[,cores=cores][,threads=threads][,dies=dies][,sockets=sockets][,maxcpus=maxcpus]`` |
| 175 | Simulate an SMP system with n CPUs. On the PC target, up to 255 CPUs |
| 176 | are supported. On Sparc32 target, Linux limits the number of usable |
| 177 | CPUs to 4. For the PC target, the number of cores per die, the |
| 178 | number of threads per cores, the number of dies per packages and the |
| 179 | total number of sockets can be specified. Missing values will be |
| 180 | computed. If any on the three values is given, the total number of |
| 181 | CPUs n can be omitted. maxcpus specifies the maximum number of |
| 182 | hotpluggable CPUs. |
| 183 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | |
aliguori | 268a362 | 2009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa, |
Tao Xu | 244b3f4 | 2019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" |
| 187 | "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n" |
Igor Mammedov | 2d19c65 | 2017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n" |
Liu Jingqi | 9b12dfa | 2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n" |
Liu Jingqi | c412a48 | 2019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n" |
| 191 | "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n", |
Igor Mammedov | 2d19c65 | 2017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | ``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` |
| 195 | \ |
| 196 | ``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]`` |
| 197 | \ |
| 198 | ``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance`` |
| 199 | \ |
| 200 | ``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]`` |
| 201 | \ |
| 202 | ``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]`` |
| 203 | \ |
| 204 | ``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA |
| 206 | distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI |
| 207 | Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes. |
| 208 | |
| 209 | Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and |
| 210 | lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a |
| 211 | contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is |
| 212 | omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by |
| 213 | providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is |
| 214 | omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them. |
| 215 | |
| 216 | For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a |
| 217 | NUMA node: |
| 218 | |
| 219 | :: |
| 220 | |
| 221 | -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5 |
| 222 | |
| 223 | '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option |
| 224 | which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to |
| 225 | assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of |
| 226 | CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used |
| 227 | machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with |
| 228 | '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ ' |
| 229 | property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's |
| 230 | required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before |
| 231 | it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option. |
| 232 | |
| 233 | For example: |
| 234 | |
| 235 | :: |
| 236 | |
| 237 | -M pc \ |
| 238 | -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ |
| 239 | -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \ |
| 240 | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1 |
| 241 | |
Igor Mammedov | 32a354d | 2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported |
| 243 | for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from |
| 244 | a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and |
| 245 | '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them. |
| 246 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | |
| 248 | '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive. |
| 249 | Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to |
| 250 | use it. |
| 251 | |
| 252 | '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an |
| 253 | initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or |
| 254 | largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be |
| 255 | set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'. |
| 256 | |
| 257 | Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has |
| 258 | CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that |
| 259 | because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself |
| 260 | and must be itself. |
| 261 | |
| 262 | :: |
| 263 | |
| 264 | -machine hmat=on \ |
| 265 | -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \ |
| 266 | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ |
| 267 | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ |
| 268 | -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ |
| 269 | -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ |
| 270 | -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \ |
| 271 | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ |
| 272 | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 |
| 273 | |
| 274 | source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA |
| 275 | distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to |
| 276 | itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then |
| 277 | all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only |
| 278 | given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in |
| 279 | the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an |
| 280 | asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then |
| 281 | all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions, |
| 282 | even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from |
| 283 | another node, set the pair's distance to 255. |
| 284 | |
| 285 | Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified |
| 286 | resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This |
| 287 | means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to |
| 288 | allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively. |
| 289 | |
| 290 | Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth |
| 291 | Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI |
| 292 | Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can |
| 293 | create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors. |
| 294 | Target NUMA node contains addressable memory. |
| 295 | |
| 296 | In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is |
| 297 | the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is |
| 298 | 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if |
| 299 | hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this |
| 300 | structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches |
| 301 | for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by |
| 302 | this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is |
| 303 | 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of |
| 304 | the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is |
| 305 | 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is |
| 306 | 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit |
| 307 | bandwidth of the target memory side cache. |
| 308 | |
| 309 | lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the |
| 310 | possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth |
| 311 | value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on |
| 312 | used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means |
| 313 | the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided. |
| 314 | |
| 315 | In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory |
| 316 | belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is |
| 317 | the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache |
| 318 | level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option. |
| 319 | associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is |
| 320 | 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy |
| 321 | is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes. |
| 322 | |
| 323 | For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has |
| 324 | 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0 |
| 325 | access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds, |
| 326 | access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access |
| 327 | memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds, |
| 328 | access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information, |
| 329 | NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB, |
| 330 | policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes: |
| 331 | |
| 332 | :: |
| 333 | |
| 334 | -machine hmat=on \ |
| 335 | -m 2G \ |
| 336 | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \ |
| 337 | -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \ |
| 338 | -smp 2 \ |
| 339 | -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \ |
| 340 | -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \ |
| 341 | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \ |
| 342 | -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \ |
| 343 | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \ |
| 344 | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \ |
| 345 | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \ |
| 346 | -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \ |
| 347 | -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \ |
| 348 | -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 |
| 349 | ERST |
aliguori | 268a362 | 2009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd, |
| 352 | "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n" |
| 353 | " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | SRST |
| 355 | ``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]`` |
| 356 | Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are: |
| 357 | |
| 358 | ``fd=fd`` |
| 359 | This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is |
| 360 | added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or |
| 361 | stderr. |
| 362 | |
| 363 | ``set=set`` |
| 364 | This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file |
| 365 | descriptor to. |
| 366 | |
| 367 | ``opaque=opaque`` |
| 368 | This option defines a free-form string that can be used to |
| 369 | describe fd. |
| 370 | |
| 371 | You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd |
| 372 | set: |
| 373 | |
| 374 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 375 | |
| 376 | |qemu_system| \ |
| 377 | -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \ |
| 378 | -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \ |
| 379 | -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk |
| 380 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | |
| 382 | DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set, |
| 383 | "-set group.id.arg=value\n" |
| 384 | " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n" |
| 385 | " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | SRST |
| 387 | ``-set group.id.arg=value`` |
| 388 | Set parameter arg for item id of type group |
| 389 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | |
| 391 | DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global, |
Paolo Bonzini | 3751d7c | 2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | "-global driver.property=value\n" |
| 393 | "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | " set a global default for a driver property\n", |
| 395 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | ``-global driver.prop=value`` |
| 398 | \ |
| 399 | ``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.: |
| 401 | |
| 402 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 403 | |
| 404 | |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img |
| 405 | |
| 406 | In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices |
| 407 | which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a |
| 408 | device which is not created automatically and set properties on it, |
| 409 | use -``device``. |
| 410 | |
| 411 | -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global |
| 412 | driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works |
| 413 | even when driver contains a dot. |
| 414 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | |
| 416 | DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot, |
| 417 | "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n" |
Amos Kong | c8a6ae8 | 2013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n" |
| 420 | " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n" |
| 421 | " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n" |
| 422 | " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n", |
| 423 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | SRST |
| 425 | ``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]`` |
| 426 | Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive |
| 427 | letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b |
| 428 | (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p |
| 429 | (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default. |
| 430 | To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify |
| 431 | it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter |
| 432 | should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of |
| 433 | devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support |
| 434 | both at the same time. |
| 435 | |
| 436 | Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far |
| 437 | as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot. |
| 438 | |
| 439 | A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it |
| 440 | as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If |
| 441 | firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system |
| 442 | support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a |
| 443 | BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be |
| 444 | supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480, |
| 445 | 800x640. |
| 446 | |
| 447 | A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout |
| 448 | ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will |
| 449 | not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios |
| 450 | for X86 system support it. |
| 451 | |
| 452 | Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports |
| 453 | it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex |
| 454 | options. The default is non-strict boot. |
| 455 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | |
| 458 | # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk |
| 459 | |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc |
| 460 | # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot |
| 461 | |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d |
| 462 | # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds. |
| 463 | |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000 |
| 464 | |
| 465 | Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its |
| 466 | use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions. |
| 467 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | |
| 469 | DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m, |
Michael Tokarev | 89f3ea2 | 2016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n" |
Igor Mammedov | 6e1d3c1 | 2013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | " configure guest RAM\n" |
Alexander Graf | 0daba1f | 2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | " size: initial amount of guest memory\n" |
Igor Mammedov | c270fb9 | 2014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n" |
Matthew Rosato | b6fe012 | 2014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n" |
| 475 | "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n", |
Igor Mammedov | 6e1d3c1 | 2013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | SRST |
| 478 | ``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]`` |
| 479 | Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB. |
| 480 | Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in |
| 481 | megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem |
| 482 | could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum |
| 483 | amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size. |
| 484 | |
| 485 | For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM |
| 486 | size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets |
| 487 | the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB: |
| 488 | |
| 489 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 490 | |
| 491 | |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G |
| 492 | |
| 493 | If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be |
| 494 | enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase. |
| 495 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | |
| 497 | DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath, |
| 498 | "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | SRST |
| 500 | ``-mem-path path`` |
| 501 | Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path. |
| 502 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc, |
| 505 | "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n", |
| 506 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | SRST |
| 508 | ``-mem-prealloc`` |
| 509 | Preallocate memory when using -mem-path. |
| 510 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | |
| 512 | DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k, |
| 513 | "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n", |
| 514 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | SRST |
| 516 | ``-k language`` |
| 517 | Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This |
| 518 | option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes |
| 519 | (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses |
| 520 | display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or |
| 521 | PC/Windows hosts. |
| 522 | |
| 523 | The available layouts are: |
| 524 | |
| 525 | :: |
| 526 | |
| 527 | ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv |
| 528 | da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th |
| 529 | de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr |
| 530 | |
| 531 | The default is ``en-us``. |
| 532 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | |
| 534 | |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help, |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n", |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | SRST |
| 540 | ``-audio-help`` |
| 541 | Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified |
| 542 | (deprecated) environment variables. |
| 543 | ERST |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | |
| 545 | DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev, |
| 546 | "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 547 | " specifies the audio backend to use\n" |
| 548 | " id= identifier of the backend\n" |
| 549 | " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | 8efac07 | 2019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n" |
| 552 | " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n" |
| 553 | " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n" |
| 554 | " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n" |
Volker Rümelin | 49f77e6 | 2020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | 8624725 | 2019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 558 | "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 559 | " dummy driver that discards all output\n" |
| 560 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA |
| 561 | "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 562 | " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | dfc5434 | 2019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" |
| 565 | " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n" |
| 566 | #endif |
| 567 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO |
| 568 | "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 569 | " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" |
| 570 | #endif |
| 571 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND |
| 572 | "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 573 | " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n" |
| 574 | #endif |
| 575 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS |
| 576 | "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 577 | " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n" |
| 578 | " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n" |
| 579 | " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n" |
| 580 | " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n" |
| 581 | " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n" |
| 582 | " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n" |
| 583 | #endif |
| 584 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA |
| 585 | "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 586 | " server= PulseAudio server address\n" |
| 587 | " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | 14d4f01 | 2019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n" |
Kővágó, Zoltán | f0b3d81 | 2019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | #endif |
| 590 | #ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL |
| 591 | "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 592 | #endif |
| 593 | #ifdef CONFIG_SPICE |
| 594 | "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 595 | #endif |
| 596 | "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 597 | " path= path of wav file to record\n", |
| 598 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | SRST |
| 600 | ``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 601 | Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global |
| 602 | and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently |
| 603 | for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set |
| 604 | the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with |
| 605 | ``out.prop``. For example: |
| 606 | |
| 607 | :: |
| 608 | |
| 609 | -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000 |
| 610 | -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified |
| 611 | |
| 612 | NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases |
| 613 | specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message |
| 614 | and continue emulation without sound. |
| 615 | |
| 616 | Valid global options are: |
| 617 | |
| 618 | ``id=identifier`` |
| 619 | Identifies the audio backend. |
| 620 | |
| 621 | ``timer-period=period`` |
| 622 | Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in |
| 623 | microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms). |
| 624 | |
| 625 | ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off`` |
| 626 | Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and |
| 627 | convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When |
| 628 | off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this |
| 629 | option means that the selected backend must support multiple |
| 630 | streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards, |
| 631 | otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable |
| 632 | this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing |
| 633 | engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on. |
| 634 | |
| 635 | ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off`` |
| 636 | Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change |
| 637 | based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you |
| 638 | must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on. |
| 639 | |
| 640 | ``in|out.frequency=frequency`` |
| 641 | Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default |
| 642 | is 44100Hz. |
| 643 | |
| 644 | ``in|out.channels=channels`` |
| 645 | Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings. |
| 646 | Default is 2 (stereo). |
| 647 | |
| 648 | ``in|out.format=format`` |
| 649 | Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings. |
| 650 | Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``, |
Volker Rümelin | 49f77e6 | 2020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 651 | ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | |
| 653 | ``in|out.voices=voices`` |
| 654 | Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1. |
| 655 | |
| 656 | ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs`` |
| 657 | Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds. |
| 658 | |
| 659 | ``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 660 | Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has |
| 661 | no backend specific properties. |
| 662 | |
| 663 | ``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 664 | Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on |
| 665 | Linux. |
| 666 | |
| 667 | ALSA specific options are: |
| 668 | |
| 669 | ``in|out.dev=device`` |
| 670 | Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default |
| 671 | is ``default``. |
| 672 | |
| 673 | ``in|out.period-length=usecs`` |
| 674 | Sets the period length in microseconds. |
| 675 | |
| 676 | ``in|out.try-poll=on|off`` |
| 677 | Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. |
| 678 | |
| 679 | ``threshold=threshold`` |
| 680 | Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0. |
| 681 | |
| 682 | ``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 683 | Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only |
| 684 | available on Mac OS and only supports playback. |
| 685 | |
| 686 | Core Audio specific options are: |
| 687 | |
| 688 | ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` |
| 689 | Sets the count of the buffers. |
| 690 | |
| 691 | ``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 692 | Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is |
| 693 | only available on Windows and only supports playback. |
| 694 | |
| 695 | DirectSound specific options are: |
| 696 | |
| 697 | ``latency=usecs`` |
| 698 | Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is |
| 699 | 10000 (10 ms). |
| 700 | |
| 701 | ``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 702 | Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most |
| 703 | Unix-like systems. |
| 704 | |
| 705 | OSS specific options are: |
| 706 | |
| 707 | ``in|out.dev=device`` |
| 708 | Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is |
| 709 | ``/dev/dsp``. |
| 710 | |
| 711 | ``in|out.buffer-count=count`` |
| 712 | Sets the count of the buffers. |
| 713 | |
| 714 | ``in|out.try-poll=on|of`` |
| 715 | Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on. |
| 716 | |
| 717 | ``try-mmap=on|off`` |
| 718 | Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off. |
| 719 | |
| 720 | ``exclusive=on|off`` |
| 721 | Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this |
| 722 | case). Default is off. |
| 723 | |
| 724 | ``dsp-policy=policy`` |
| 725 | Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number |
| 726 | means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use |
| 727 | buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This |
| 728 | option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5. |
| 729 | |
| 730 | ``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 731 | Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on |
| 732 | most systems. |
| 733 | |
| 734 | PulseAudio specific options are: |
| 735 | |
| 736 | ``server=server`` |
| 737 | Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to. |
| 738 | |
| 739 | ``in|out.name=sink`` |
| 740 | Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback. |
| 741 | |
| 742 | ``in|out.latency=usecs`` |
| 743 | Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try |
| 744 | to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher. |
| 745 | |
| 746 | ``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 747 | Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most |
| 748 | systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if |
| 749 | possible. This backend has no backend specific properties. |
| 750 | |
| 751 | ``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 752 | Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend |
| 753 | requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so |
| 754 | usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend |
| 755 | specific properties. |
| 756 | |
| 757 | ``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 758 | Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file. |
| 759 | |
| 760 | Backend specific options are: |
| 761 | |
| 762 | ``path=path`` |
| 763 | Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is |
| 764 | ``qemu.wav``. |
| 765 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | |
| 767 | DEF("soundhw", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_soundhw, |
| 768 | "-soundhw c1,... enable audio support\n" |
| 769 | " and only specified sound cards (comma separated list)\n" |
| 770 | " use '-soundhw help' to get the list of supported cards\n" |
| 771 | " use '-soundhw all' to enable all of them\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | SRST |
| 773 | ``-soundhw card1[,card2,...] or -soundhw all`` |
| 774 | Enable audio and selected sound hardware. Use 'help' to print all |
| 775 | available sound hardware. For example: |
| 776 | |
| 777 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 778 | |
| 779 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw sb16,adlib disk.img |
| 780 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw es1370 disk.img |
| 781 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw ac97 disk.img |
| 782 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw hda disk.img |
| 783 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw all disk.img |
| 784 | |qemu_system_x86| -soundhw help |
| 785 | |
| 786 | Note that Linux's i810\_audio OSS kernel (for AC97) module might |
| 787 | require manually specifying clocking. |
| 788 | |
| 789 | :: |
| 790 | |
| 791 | modprobe i810_audio clocking=48000 |
| 792 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device, |
| 795 | "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n" |
| 796 | " add device (based on driver)\n" |
| 797 | " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n" |
| 798 | " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n" |
| 799 | " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n", |
| 800 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | SRST |
| 802 | ``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
| 803 | Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid |
| 804 | properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and |
| 805 | properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``. |
| 806 | |
| 807 | Some drivers are: |
| 808 | |
Corey Minyard | 789101b | 2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | ``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management |
| 811 | interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a |
| 812 | watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You |
| 813 | need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful |
| 814 | |
| 815 | The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This |
| 816 | address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management |
| 817 | controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore |
| 818 | it. |
| 819 | |
| 820 | ``id=id`` |
| 821 | The BMC id for interfaces to use this device. |
| 822 | |
| 823 | ``slave_addr=val`` |
| 824 | Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. |
| 825 | |
| 826 | ``sdrfile=file`` |
| 827 | file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default |
| 828 | is none. |
| 829 | |
| 830 | ``fruareasize=val`` |
| 831 | size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is |
| 832 | 1024. |
| 833 | |
| 834 | ``frudatafile=file`` |
| 835 | file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data. |
| 836 | The default is none. |
| 837 | |
| 838 | ``guid=uuid`` |
| 839 | value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this |
| 840 | is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it. |
| 841 | Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error. |
| 842 | |
| 843 | ``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]`` |
| 844 | Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of |
| 845 | locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an |
| 846 | external entity that provides the IPMI services. |
| 847 | |
| 848 | A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this, |
| 849 | it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev |
| 850 | option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note |
| 851 | that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as |
| 852 | the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off |
| 853 | the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external |
| 854 | simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the |
| 855 | simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network. |
| 856 | |
| 857 | See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more |
| 858 | details on the external interface. |
| 859 | |
| 860 | ``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` |
| 861 | Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a |
| 862 | corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate. |
| 863 | |
| 864 | ``bmc=id`` |
| 865 | The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern |
| 866 | above. |
| 867 | |
| 868 | ``ioport=val`` |
| 869 | Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0 |
| 870 | for KCS. |
| 871 | |
| 872 | ``irq=val`` |
| 873 | Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable |
| 874 | interrupts, set this to 0. |
| 875 | |
| 876 | ``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]`` |
| 877 | Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port |
| 878 | is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5. |
Corey Minyard | 323679d | 2019-09-23 13:50:33 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | |
| 880 | ``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id`` |
| 881 | Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus. |
| 882 | |
| 883 | ``bmc=id`` |
| 884 | The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above. |
| 885 | |
| 886 | ``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id`` |
| 887 | Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | |
| 890 | DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name, |
Dr. David Alan Gilbert | 8f480de | 2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | " set the name of the guest\n" |
Roman Bolshakov | 479a574 | 2018-12-17 23:26:01 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n" |
| 894 | " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n" |
Dr. David Alan Gilbert | 8f480de | 2014-01-30 10:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n", |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | SRST |
| 898 | ``-name name`` |
| 899 | Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL |
| 900 | window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also |
| 901 | optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of |
| 902 | individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging. |
| 903 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | |
| 905 | DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid, |
| 906 | "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n" |
| 907 | " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | SRST |
| 909 | ``-uuid uuid`` |
| 910 | Set system UUID. |
| 911 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | DEFHEADING() |
| 914 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | DEFHEADING(Block device options:) |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 919 | DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | ``-fda file`` |
| 922 | \ |
| 923 | ``-fdb file`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see |
| 925 | :ref:`disk_005fimages`). |
| 926 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | |
| 928 | DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 930 | DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 933 | DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | ``-hda file`` |
| 936 | \ |
| 937 | ``-hdb file`` |
| 938 | \ |
| 939 | ``-hdc file`` |
| 940 | \ |
| 941 | ``-hdd file`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see |
| 943 | :ref:`disk_005fimages`). |
| 944 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | |
| 946 | DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n", |
| 948 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | SRST |
| 950 | ``-cdrom file`` |
| 951 | Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at |
| 952 | the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom`` |
| 953 | as filename. |
| 954 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | |
Markus Armbruster | 42e5f39 | 2017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev, |
| 957 | "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n" |
| 958 | " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n" |
Kevin Wolf | c9b749d | 2019-10-15 12:29:58 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n" |
| 960 | " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 42e5f39 | 2017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | " [,driver specific parameters...]\n" |
| 962 | " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | SRST |
| 964 | ``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` |
| 965 | Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all |
| 966 | block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block |
| 967 | driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the |
| 968 | most common block drivers. |
| 969 | |
| 970 | Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can |
| 971 | be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already |
| 972 | existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline, |
| 973 | adding options for the referenced node after a dot |
| 974 | (file.filename=path,file.aio=native). |
| 975 | |
| 976 | A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a |
| 977 | guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property |
| 978 | in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device. |
| 979 | |
| 980 | ``Valid options for any block driver node:`` |
| 981 | ``driver`` |
| 982 | Specifies the block driver to use for the given node. |
| 983 | |
| 984 | ``node-name`` |
| 985 | This defines the name of the block driver node by which it |
| 986 | will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it |
| 987 | must not match the name of a different block driver node, or |
| 988 | (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive. |
| 989 | |
| 990 | If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated. |
| 991 | The generated node name is not intended to be predictable |
| 992 | and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an |
| 993 | explicit node name must be specified. |
| 994 | |
| 995 | ``read-only`` |
| 996 | Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail. |
| 997 | |
| 998 | Note that some block drivers support only read-only access, |
| 999 | either generally or in certain configurations. In this case, |
| 1000 | the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the |
| 1001 | option must be specified explicitly. |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | ``auto-read-only`` |
| 1004 | If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to |
| 1005 | read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or |
| 1006 | even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on |
| 1007 | whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user |
| 1008 | is attached to the node. |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | ``force-share`` |
| 1011 | Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the |
| 1012 | node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where |
| 1013 | it would normally request exclusive access. When there is |
| 1014 | the potential for multiple instances to have the same file |
| 1015 | open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the |
| 1016 | second instance), both instances must permit shared access |
| 1017 | for the second instance to succeed at opening the file. |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``. |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | ``cache.direct`` |
| 1022 | The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``. |
| 1023 | This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's |
| 1024 | memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data. |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | ``cache.no-flush`` |
| 1027 | In case you don't care about data integrity over host |
| 1028 | failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option |
| 1029 | tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk |
| 1030 | but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes |
| 1031 | wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting |
| 1032 | disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most |
| 1033 | probably be rendered unusable. |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | ``discard=discard`` |
| 1036 | discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on") |
| 1037 | and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or |
| 1038 | ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem. |
| 1039 | Some machine types may not support discard requests. |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 | ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes`` |
| 1042 | detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the |
| 1043 | automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to |
| 1044 | driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even |
| 1045 | choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero |
| 1046 | write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation. |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | ``Driver-specific options for file`` |
| 1049 | This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular |
| 1050 | files. |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | ``filename`` |
| 1053 | The path to the image file in the local filesystem |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | ``aio`` |
| 1056 | Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native, default: threads) |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | ``locking`` |
| 1059 | Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD |
| 1060 | / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File |
| 1061 | Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied. |
| 1062 | (auto/on/off, default: auto) |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | Example: |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | :: |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | ``Driver-specific options for raw`` |
| 1071 | This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is |
| 1072 | usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as |
| 1073 | ``file``. |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | ``file`` |
| 1076 | Reference to or definition of the data source block driver |
| 1077 | node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | Example 1: |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | :: |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img |
| 1084 | -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | Example 2: |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | :: |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | ``Driver-specific options for qcow2`` |
| 1093 | This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is |
| 1094 | usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as |
| 1095 | ``file``. |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | ``file`` |
| 1098 | Reference to or definition of the data source block driver |
| 1099 | node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node) |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | ``backing`` |
| 1102 | Reference to or definition of the backing file block device |
| 1103 | (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to |
| 1104 | pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing |
| 1105 | file. |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | ``lazy-refcounts`` |
| 1108 | Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off; |
| 1109 | default is taken from the image file) |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | ``cache-size`` |
| 1112 | The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block |
| 1113 | caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and |
| 1114 | refcount-cache-size) |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | ``l2-cache-size`` |
| 1117 | The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if |
| 1118 | cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M |
| 1119 | on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible |
| 1120 | within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the |
| 1121 | minimal refcount cache size) |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | ``refcount-cache-size`` |
| 1124 | The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes |
| 1125 | (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is |
| 1126 | specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2 |
| 1127 | cache) |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | ``cache-clean-interval`` |
| 1130 | Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The |
| 1131 | interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on |
| 1132 | supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it |
| 1133 | to 0 disables this feature. |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | ``pass-discard-request`` |
| 1136 | Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be |
| 1137 | forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if |
| 1138 | discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise) |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | ``pass-discard-snapshot`` |
| 1141 | Whether discard requests for the data source should be |
| 1142 | issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot) |
| 1143 | frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on) |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | ``pass-discard-other`` |
| 1146 | Whether discard requests for the data source should be |
| 1147 | issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed |
| 1148 | (on/off; default: off) |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | ``overlap-check`` |
| 1151 | Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image |
| 1152 | (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or |
| 1153 | finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of |
| 1154 | ``blockdev-add``. |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | Example 1: |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | :: |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2 |
| 1161 | -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216 |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | Example 2: |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | :: |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2 |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | ``Driver-specific options for other drivers`` |
| 1170 | Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add`` |
| 1171 | QMP command. |
| 1172 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 42e5f39 | 2017-02-28 22:27:07 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive, |
| 1175 | "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | 92196b2 | 2011-08-04 12:26:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n" |
Kevin Wolf | 572023f | 2018-06-13 11:01:30 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | d1db760 | 2014-04-23 13:55:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name][,aio=threads|native]\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | fb0490f | 2011-11-17 13:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n" |
Peter Lieven | 2f7133b | 2014-07-28 21:53:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n" |
Benoît Canet | 3e9fab6 | 2013-09-02 14:14:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n" |
| 1182 | " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n" |
| 1183 | " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n" |
| 1184 | " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n" |
Benoît Canet | 2024c1d | 2013-09-02 14:14:41 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | " [[,iops_size=is]]\n" |
Alberto Garcia | 76f4afb | 2015-06-08 18:17:44 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | " [[,group=g]]\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | SRST |
| 1189 | ``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]`` |
| 1190 | Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the |
| 1191 | backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for |
| 1192 | defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options. |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``. |
| 1195 | In addition, it knows the following options: |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | ``file=file`` |
| 1198 | This option defines which disk image (see |
| 1199 | :ref:`disk_005fimages`) to use with this drive. If |
| 1200 | the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance, |
| 1201 | "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file"). |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using |
| 1204 | protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax" |
| 1205 | for more information. |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | ``if=interface`` |
| 1208 | This option defines on which type on interface the drive is |
| 1209 | connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy, |
| 1210 | pflash, virtio, none. |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | ``bus=bus,unit=unit`` |
| 1213 | These options define where is connected the drive by defining |
| 1214 | the bus number and the unit id. |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | ``index=index`` |
| 1217 | This option defines where is connected the drive by using an |
| 1218 | index in the list of available connectors of a given interface |
| 1219 | type. |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | ``media=media`` |
| 1222 | This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom. |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | ``snapshot=snapshot`` |
| 1225 | snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the |
| 1226 | given drive (see ``-snapshot``). |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | ``cache=cache`` |
| 1229 | cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or |
| 1230 | "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access |
| 1231 | block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct`` |
| 1232 | and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and |
| 1233 | additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for |
| 1234 | the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in |
| 1235 | ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings: |
| 1236 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | ============= =============== ============ ============== |
| 1238 | \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush |
| 1239 | ============= =============== ============ ============== |
| 1240 | writeback on off off |
| 1241 | none on on off |
| 1242 | writethrough off off off |
| 1243 | directsync off on off |
| 1244 | unsafe on off on |
| 1245 | ============= =============== ============ ============== |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | |
| 1247 | The default mode is ``cache=writeback``. |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | ``aio=aio`` |
| 1250 | aio is "threads", or "native" and selects between pthread based |
| 1251 | disk I/O and native Linux AIO. |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | ``format=format`` |
| 1254 | Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the |
| 1255 | format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting |
| 1256 | an untrusted format header. |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | ``werror=action,rerror=action`` |
| 1259 | Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid |
| 1260 | actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue), |
| 1261 | "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest), |
| 1262 | "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the |
| 1263 | error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is |
| 1264 | ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``. |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read`` |
| 1267 | copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read |
| 1268 | backing file sectors into the image file. |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 | ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w`` |
| 1271 | Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either |
| 1272 | for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values |
| 1273 | can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum |
| 1274 | for disks is 2 MB/s. |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm`` |
| 1277 | Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types |
| 1278 | or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike |
| 1279 | above the limit temporarily. |
| 1280 | |
| 1281 | ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w`` |
| 1282 | Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for |
| 1283 | all request types or for reads or writes only. |
| 1284 | |
| 1285 | ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm`` |
| 1286 | Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request |
| 1287 | types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to |
| 1288 | spike above the limit temporarily. |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | ``iops_size=is`` |
| 1291 | Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops |
| 1292 | throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from |
| 1293 | circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests. |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | ``group=g`` |
| 1296 | Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that |
| 1297 | are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use |
| 1298 | this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling |
| 1299 | limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger |
| 1300 | disk. |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report |
| 1303 | data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host |
| 1304 | page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to |
| 1305 | correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not |
| 1306 | handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or |
| 1307 | loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption. |
| 1308 | |
| 1309 | For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``. |
| 1310 | This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write |
| 1311 | data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after |
| 1312 | QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that |
| 1313 | this has a major impact on performance. |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used. |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors |
| 1318 | repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow |
| 1319 | network. By default copy-on-read is off. |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use: |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use: |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk |
| 1332 | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk |
| 1333 | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk |
| 1334 | |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd |
| 1337 | set: |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | |qemu_system| \ |
| 1342 | -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \ |
| 1343 | -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \ |
| 1344 | -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0: |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty |
| 1353 | drive: |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use: |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy |
| 1364 | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically |
| 1367 | incremented: |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b" |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 | is interpreted like: |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 1376 | |
| 1377 | |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b |
| 1378 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | |
| 1380 | DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n", |
| 1382 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | SRST |
| 1384 | ``-mtdblock file`` |
| 1385 | Use file as on-board Flash memory image. |
| 1386 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | |
| 1388 | DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | SRST |
| 1391 | ``-sd file`` |
| 1392 | Use file as SecureDigital card image. |
| 1393 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | |
| 1395 | DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | SRST |
| 1398 | ``-pflash file`` |
| 1399 | Use file as a parallel flash image. |
| 1400 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n", |
| 1404 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | SRST |
| 1406 | ``-snapshot`` |
| 1407 | Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case, |
| 1408 | the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however |
| 1409 | force the write back by pressing C-a s (see |
| 1410 | :ref:`disk_005fimages`). |
| 1411 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | |
Gautham R Shenoy | 74db920 | 2010-04-29 17:44:43 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev, |
Greg Kurz | b44a6b0 | 2019-05-17 17:34:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" |
| 1415 | " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n" |
Pradeep Jagadeesh | b8bbdb8 | 2017-02-28 10:31:46 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n" |
| 1417 | " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n" |
| 1418 | " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n" |
| 1419 | " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n" |
Greg Kurz | b44a6b0 | 2019-05-17 17:34:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n" |
| 1421 | "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n" |
| 1422 | "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n" |
| 1423 | "-fsdev synth,id=id\n", |
Gautham R Shenoy | 74db920 | 2010-04-29 17:44:43 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 1425 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | ``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]`` |
| 1428 | \ |
| 1429 | ``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly]`` |
| 1430 | \ |
| 1431 | ``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly]`` |
| 1432 | \ |
| 1433 | ``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | Define a new file system device. Valid options are: |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | ``local`` |
| 1437 | Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | ``proxy`` |
| 1440 | Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | ``synth`` |
| 1443 | Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | ``id=id`` |
| 1446 | Specifies identifier for this device. |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | ``path=path`` |
| 1449 | Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files |
| 1450 | under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | ``security_model=security_model`` |
| 1453 | Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. |
| 1454 | Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", |
| 1455 | "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files |
| 1456 | are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the |
| 1457 | guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" |
| 1458 | security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode |
| 1459 | bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For |
| 1460 | "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden |
| 1461 | .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this |
| 1462 | security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" |
| 1463 | security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't |
| 1464 | report failures if it fails to set file attributes like |
| 1465 | ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. |
| 1466 | Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a |
| 1467 | parameter. |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | ``writeout=writeout`` |
| 1470 | This is an optional argument. The only supported value is |
| 1471 | "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to |
| 1472 | read and write data but write notification will be sent to the |
| 1473 | guest only when the data has been reported as written by the |
| 1474 | storage subsystem. |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | ``readonly`` |
| 1477 | Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By |
| 1478 | default read-write access is given. |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | ``socket=socket`` |
| 1481 | Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for |
| 1482 | communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 | ``sock_fd=sock_fd`` |
| 1485 | Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor |
| 1486 | for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper |
| 1487 | like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as |
| 1488 | sock\_fd. |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | ``fmode=fmode`` |
| 1491 | Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. |
| 1492 | Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and |
| 1493 | "mapped-file". |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | ``dmode=dmode`` |
| 1496 | Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the |
| 1497 | host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and |
| 1498 | "mapped-file". |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w`` |
| 1501 | Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either |
| 1502 | for all request types or for reads or writes only. |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm`` |
| 1505 | Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types |
| 1506 | or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike |
| 1507 | above the limit temporarily. |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w`` |
| 1510 | Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for |
| 1511 | all request types or for reads or writes only. |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm`` |
| 1514 | Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request |
| 1515 | types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to |
| 1516 | spike above the limit temporarily. |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | ``throttling.iops-size=is`` |
| 1519 | Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops |
| 1520 | throttling purposes. |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...". |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 | ``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag`` |
| 1525 | Options for virtio-9p-... driver are: |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | ``type`` |
| 1528 | Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci", |
| 1529 | "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type. |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | ``fsdev=id`` |
| 1532 | Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option. |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` |
| 1535 | Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this |
| 1536 | export point. |
| 1537 | ERST |
Gautham R Shenoy | 74db920 | 2010-04-29 17:44:43 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | |
Gautham R Shenoy | 3d54abc | 2010-04-29 17:45:03 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs, |
Greg Kurz | b44a6b0 | 2019-05-17 17:34:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n" |
Antonios Motakis | 1a6ed33 | 2019-10-10 11:36:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n" |
Greg Kurz | b44a6b0 | 2019-05-17 17:34:49 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n" |
| 1543 | "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly]\n" |
| 1544 | "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly]\n", |
Gautham R Shenoy | 3d54abc | 2010-04-29 17:45:03 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 1546 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | ``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]`` |
| 1549 | \ |
| 1550 | ``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly]`` |
| 1551 | \ |
| 1552 | ``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly]`` |
| 1553 | \ |
| 1554 | ``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag`` |
Christian Schoenebeck | 65abaa0 | 2020-05-14 08:06:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using |
| 1556 | a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain |
| 1557 | directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through |
| 1558 | file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between |
| 1559 | host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests |
| 1560 | simultaniously. |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its |
| 1563 | generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``. |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | The general form of pass-through file system options are: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | |
| 1567 | ``local`` |
| 1568 | Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU. |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | ``proxy`` |
| 1571 | Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1). |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | ``synth`` |
| 1574 | Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests. |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | ``id=id`` |
| 1577 | Specifies identifier for the filesystem device |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | ``path=path`` |
| 1580 | Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files |
| 1581 | under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest. |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | ``security_model=security_model`` |
| 1584 | Specifies the security model to be used for this export path. |
| 1585 | Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr", |
| 1586 | "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files |
| 1587 | are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the |
| 1588 | guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr" |
| 1589 | security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode |
| 1590 | bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For |
| 1591 | "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden |
| 1592 | .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this |
| 1593 | security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none" |
| 1594 | security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't |
| 1595 | report failures if it fails to set file attributes like |
| 1596 | ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver. |
| 1597 | Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a |
| 1598 | parameter. |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | ``writeout=writeout`` |
| 1601 | This is an optional argument. The only supported value is |
| 1602 | "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to |
| 1603 | read and write data but write notification will be sent to the |
| 1604 | guest only when the data has been reported as written by the |
| 1605 | storage subsystem. |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | ``readonly`` |
| 1608 | Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By |
| 1609 | default read-write access is given. |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | ``socket=socket`` |
| 1612 | Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for |
| 1613 | communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like |
| 1614 | libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as |
| 1615 | sock\_fd. |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | ``sock_fd`` |
| 1618 | Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the |
| 1619 | socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | ``fmode=fmode`` |
| 1622 | Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host. |
| 1623 | Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and |
| 1624 | "mapped-file". |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | ``dmode=dmode`` |
| 1627 | Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the |
| 1628 | host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and |
| 1629 | "mapped-file". |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | ``mount_tag=mount_tag`` |
| 1632 | Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this |
| 1633 | export point. |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | ``multidevs=multidevs`` |
| 1636 | Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a |
| 1637 | 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or |
| 1638 | "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p |
| 1639 | expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and |
| 1640 | if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p |
| 1641 | export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on |
| 1642 | host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you |
| 1643 | should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to |
| 1644 | be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap" |
| 1645 | instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one |
| 1646 | export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original |
| 1647 | inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent |
| 1648 | such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required |
| 1649 | because the original device IDs from host are never passed and |
| 1650 | exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with |
| 1651 | virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files |
| 1652 | with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices |
| 1653 | on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence |
| 1654 | potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand |
| 1655 | assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same |
| 1656 | export, however it will not only log a warning message but also |
| 1657 | deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that |
| 1658 | "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access |
| 1659 | operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other |
| 1660 | devices). |
| 1661 | ERST |
Gautham R Shenoy | 3d54abc | 2010-04-29 17:45:03 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | |
Markus Armbruster | 61d7048 | 2017-10-02 16:03:03 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi, |
| 1664 | "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n" |
| 1665 | " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n" |
| 1666 | " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n" |
| 1667 | " [,timeout=timeout]\n" |
| 1668 | " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 1669 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | SRST |
| 1671 | ``-iscsi`` |
| 1672 | Configure iSCSI session parameters. |
| 1673 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 4474314 | 2017-10-02 16:03:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | DEFHEADING() |
| 1676 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | DEFHEADING(USB options:) |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | |
| 1679 | DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb, |
Stefan Hajnoczi | 73f46fe | 2019-08-15 15:14:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n", |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | SRST |
| 1683 | ``-usb`` |
| 1684 | Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host |
| 1685 | controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host |
| 1686 | controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case |
| 1687 | ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI. |
| 1688 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | |
| 1690 | DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice, |
| 1691 | "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n", |
| 1692 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | SRST |
| 1694 | ``-usbdevice devname`` |
| 1695 | Add the USB device devname. Note that this option is deprecated, |
| 1696 | please use ``-device usb-...`` instead. See |
| 1697 | :ref:`usb_005fdevices`. |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | ``mouse`` |
| 1700 | Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when |
| 1701 | activated. |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | ``tablet`` |
| 1704 | Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a |
| 1705 | touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse |
| 1706 | position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the |
| 1707 | PS/2 mouse emulation when activated. |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | ``braille`` |
| 1710 | Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille |
| 1711 | output on a real or fake device. |
| 1712 | ERST |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | |
Markus Armbruster | 10adb8b | 2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | DEFHEADING() |
| 1715 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | DEFHEADING(Display options:) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | |
Jes Sorensen | 1472a95 | 2011-03-16 13:33:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display, |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) |
Marc-André Lureau | d8aec9d | 2019-02-21 12:07:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | #endif |
| 1722 | #if defined(CONFIG_SDL) |
| 1723 | "-display sdl[,alt_grab=on|off][,ctrl_grab=on|off]\n" |
Elie Tournier | 4867e47 | 2018-04-13 14:58:42 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | " [,window_close=on|off][,gl=on|core|es|off]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | #endif |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | "-display gtk[,grab_on_hover=on|off][,gl=on|off]|\n" |
| 1728 | #endif |
| 1729 | #if defined(CONFIG_VNC) |
| 1730 | "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n" |
| 1731 | #endif |
| 1732 | #if defined(CONFIG_CURSES) |
| 1733 | "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n" |
| 1734 | #endif |
| 1735 | #if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL) |
| 1736 | "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n" |
| 1737 | #endif |
| 1738 | "-display none\n" |
| 1739 | " select display backend type\n" |
| 1740 | " The default display is equivalent to\n " |
| 1741 | #if defined(CONFIG_GTK) |
| 1742 | "\"-display gtk\"\n" |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | #elif defined(CONFIG_SDL) |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | "\"-display sdl\"\n" |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | #elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA) |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | "\"-display cocoa\"\n" |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | #elif defined(CONFIG_VNC) |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 | "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n" |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | #else |
Thomas Huth | 88b40c6 | 2019-10-23 14:01:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 | "\"-display none\"\n" |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | #endif |
| 1752 | , QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | SRST |
| 1754 | ``-display type`` |
| 1755 | Select type of display to use. This option is a replacement for the |
| 1756 | old style -sdl/-curses/... options. Use ``-display help`` to list |
| 1757 | the available display types. Valid values for type are |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | ``sdl`` |
| 1760 | Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics |
| 1761 | window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities). |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | ``curses`` |
| 1764 | Display video output via curses. For graphics device models |
| 1765 | which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a |
| 1766 | curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics |
| 1767 | device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not |
| 1768 | support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models |
| 1769 | support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be |
| 1770 | specified with the ``charset`` option, for example |
| 1771 | ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is |
| 1772 | ``CP437``. |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | ``none`` |
| 1775 | Do not display video output. The guest will still see an |
| 1776 | emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to |
| 1777 | the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in |
| 1778 | that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic |
| 1779 | also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port |
| 1780 | data. |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 | ``gtk`` |
| 1783 | Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides |
| 1784 | drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control |
| 1785 | the VM during runtime. |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | ``vnc`` |
| 1788 | Start a VNC server on display <arg> |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | ``egl-headless`` |
| 1791 | Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any |
| 1792 | graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either |
| 1793 | VNC or SPICE displays. |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | ``spice-app`` |
| 1796 | Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client |
| 1797 | application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles |
| 1798 | and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0) |
| 1799 | ERST |
Jes Sorensen | 1472a95 | 2011-03-16 13:33:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n", |
| 1803 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | SRST |
| 1805 | ``-nographic`` |
| 1806 | Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it |
| 1807 | displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU |
| 1808 | monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable |
| 1809 | graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application. |
| 1810 | The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with |
| 1811 | the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you |
| 1812 | can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console. |
| 1813 | Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor. |
| 1814 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | DEF("curses", 0, QEMU_OPTION_curses, |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | "-curses shorthand for -display curses\n", |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | SRST |
| 1820 | ``-curses`` |
| 1821 | Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it |
| 1822 | displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU |
| 1823 | monitor in a window. With this option, QEMU can display the VGA |
| 1824 | output when in text mode using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing |
| 1825 | is displayed in graphical mode. |
| 1826 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | DEF("alt-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_alt_grab, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | "-alt-grab use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n", |
| 1830 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1831 | SRST |
| 1832 | ``-alt-grab`` |
| 1833 | Use Ctrl-Alt-Shift to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that |
| 1834 | this also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode |
| 1835 | switching, etc). |
| 1836 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | |
Dustin Kirkland | 0ca9f8a | 2009-09-17 15:48:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | DEF("ctrl-grab", 0, QEMU_OPTION_ctrl_grab, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | "-ctrl-grab use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt)\n", |
| 1840 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | SRST |
| 1842 | ``-ctrl-grab`` |
| 1843 | Use Right-Ctrl to grab mouse (instead of Ctrl-Alt). Note that this |
| 1844 | also affects the special keys (for fullscreen, monitor-mode |
| 1845 | switching, etc). |
| 1846 | ERST |
Dustin Kirkland | 0ca9f8a | 2009-09-17 15:48:04 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | DEF("no-quit", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_quit, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | "-no-quit disable SDL window close capability\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | SRST |
| 1851 | ``-no-quit`` |
| 1852 | Disable SDL window close capability. |
| 1853 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | DEF("sdl", 0, QEMU_OPTION_sdl, |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | "-sdl shorthand for -display sdl\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | SRST |
| 1858 | ``-sdl`` |
| 1859 | Enable SDL. |
| 1860 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | |
Gerd Hoffmann | 29b0040 | 2010-03-11 11:13:27 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1862 | DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice, |
Yonit Halperin | 27af778 | 2012-08-21 13:54:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1863 | "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n" |
| 1864 | " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n" |
| 1865 | " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n" |
Marc-André Lureau | fe4831b | 2015-01-13 17:57:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr][,ipv4|ipv6|unix]\n" |
Yonit Halperin | 27af778 | 2012-08-21 13:54:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n" |
| 1868 | " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" |
| 1869 | " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n" |
| 1870 | " [,sasl][,password=<secret>][,disable-ticketing]\n" |
| 1871 | " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n" |
| 1872 | " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" |
| 1873 | " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n" |
| 1874 | " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste]\n" |
Hans de Goede | 5ad24e5 | 2013-06-08 15:37:27 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | " [,disable-agent-file-xfer][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n" |
| 1876 | " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n" |
Marc-André Lureau | 7b52550 | 2017-02-12 15:21:18 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n" |
Yonit Halperin | 27af778 | 2012-08-21 13:54:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | " enable spice\n" |
| 1879 | " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n", |
| 1880 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1881 | SRST |
| 1882 | ``-spice option[,option[,...]]`` |
| 1883 | Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 | ``port=<nr>`` |
| 1886 | Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels. |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | ``addr=<addr>`` |
| 1889 | Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any |
| 1890 | address. |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 | ``ipv4``; \ ``ipv6``; \ ``unix`` |
| 1893 | Force using the specified IP version. |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | ``password=<secret>`` |
| 1896 | Set the password you need to authenticate. |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | ``sasl`` |
| 1899 | Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice. |
| 1900 | The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled |
| 1901 | from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu' |
| 1902 | service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If |
| 1903 | running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable |
| 1904 | SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate |
| 1905 | locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods |
| 1906 | can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended |
| 1907 | that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings |
| 1908 | to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a |
| 1909 | data encryption preventing compromise of authentication |
| 1910 | credentials. |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | ``disable-ticketing`` |
| 1913 | Allow client connects without authentication. |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | ``disable-copy-paste`` |
| 1916 | Disable copy paste between the client and the guest. |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 | ``disable-agent-file-xfer`` |
| 1919 | Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the |
| 1920 | guest. |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | ``tls-port=<nr>`` |
| 1923 | Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels. |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | ``x509-dir=<dir>`` |
| 1926 | Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc |
| 1927 | $display,x509=$dir |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>`` |
| 1930 | The x509 file names can also be configured individually. |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | ``tls-ciphers=<list>`` |
| 1933 | Specify which ciphers to use. |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]`` |
| 1936 | Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS |
| 1937 | encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to |
| 1938 | configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be |
| 1939 | used to set the default mode. For channels which are not |
| 1940 | explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to |
| 1941 | pick tls/plaintext as he pleases. |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]`` |
| 1944 | Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz. |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]`` |
| 1947 | Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default |
| 1948 | is auto. |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]`` |
| 1951 | Configure video stream detection. Default is off. |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | ``agent-mouse=[on|off]`` |
| 1954 | Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on. |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | ``playback-compression=[on|off]`` |
| 1957 | Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1). |
| 1958 | Default is on. |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | ``seamless-migration=[on|off]`` |
| 1961 | Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off. |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | ``gl=[on|off]`` |
| 1964 | Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off. |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | ``rendernode=<file>`` |
| 1967 | DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will |
| 1968 | pick the first available. (Since 2.9) |
| 1969 | ERST |
Gerd Hoffmann | 29b0040 | 2010-03-11 11:13:27 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n", |
| 1973 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | SRST |
| 1975 | ``-portrait`` |
| 1976 | Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD). |
| 1977 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | |
Vasily Khoruzhick | 9312805 | 2011-06-17 13:04:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate, |
| 1980 | "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n", |
| 1981 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | SRST |
| 1983 | ``-rotate deg`` |
| 1984 | Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD). |
| 1985 | ERST |
Vasily Khoruzhick | 9312805 | 2011-06-17 13:04:36 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga, |
Gerd Hoffmann | a94f0c5 | 2014-09-10 14:28:48 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | SRST |
| 1991 | ``-vga type`` |
| 1992 | Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | ``cirrus`` |
| 1995 | Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting |
| 1996 | from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For |
| 1997 | optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and |
| 1998 | the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2) |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | ``std`` |
| 2001 | Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS |
| 2002 | supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if |
| 2003 | you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you |
| 2004 | should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU |
| 2005 | 2.2) |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 | ``vmware`` |
| 2008 | VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have |
| 2009 | sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a |
| 2010 | driver for this card. |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | ``qxl`` |
| 2013 | QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including |
| 2014 | VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers |
| 2015 | installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice |
| 2016 | protocol. |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | ``tcx`` |
| 2019 | (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default |
| 2020 | framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit |
| 2021 | colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768. |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | ``cg3`` |
| 2024 | (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit |
| 2025 | framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768 |
| 2026 | (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people |
| 2027 | wishing to run older Solaris versions. |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 | ``virtio`` |
| 2030 | Virtio VGA card. |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 | ``none`` |
| 2033 | Disable VGA card. |
| 2034 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | |
| 2036 | DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | SRST |
| 2039 | ``-full-screen`` |
| 2040 | Start in full screen. |
| 2041 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | |
John Snow | 60f9a4e | 2020-02-04 11:56:38 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 | DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g , |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n", |
Laurent Vivier | 8ac919a | 2019-10-26 18:45:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | ``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only). |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 | For PPC the default is 800x600x32. |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8 |
| 2053 | with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is |
| 2054 | 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use |
| 2055 | OBP. |
| 2056 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | |
| 2058 | DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc , |
Robert Ho | f04ec5a | 2016-07-26 18:17:11 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | SRST |
| 2061 | ``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]`` |
| 2062 | Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it |
| 2063 | displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU |
| 2064 | monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on |
| 2065 | VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC |
| 2066 | session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when |
| 2067 | using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the |
| 2068 | VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard |
| 2069 | layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | ``to=L`` |
| 2072 | With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays, |
| 2073 | until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is |
| 2074 | not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another |
| 2075 | application. By default, to=0. |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | ``host:d`` |
| 2078 | TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By |
| 2079 | convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be |
| 2080 | omitted in which case the server will accept connections from |
| 2081 | any host. |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | ``unix:path`` |
| 2084 | Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path |
| 2085 | is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on. |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | ``none`` |
| 2088 | VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change`` |
| 2089 | command can be used to later start the VNC server. |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | Following the display value there may be one or more option flags |
| 2092 | separated by commas. Valid options are |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | ``reverse`` |
| 2095 | Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection. |
| 2096 | The client is specified by the display. For reverse network |
| 2097 | connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port |
| 2098 | number, not a display number. |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | ``websocket`` |
| 2101 | Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC |
| 2102 | Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the |
| 2103 | Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be |
| 2104 | specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port. |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this |
| 2107 | host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address |
| 2108 | independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port. |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection |
| 2111 | runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the |
| 2112 | websocket connection requires encrypted client connections. |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | ``password`` |
| 2115 | Require that password based authentication is used for client |
| 2116 | connections. |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | The password must be set separately using the ``set_password`` |
| 2119 | command in the :ref:`pcsys_005fmonitor`. The |
| 2120 | syntax to change your password is: |
| 2121 | ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be |
| 2122 | either "vnc" or "spice". |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you |
| 2125 | should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>`` |
| 2126 | where expiration time could be one of the following options: |
| 2127 | now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to |
| 2128 | make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make |
| 2129 | password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for |
| 2130 | this date and time). |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration |
| 2133 | time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never |
| 2134 | expire. |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | ``tls-creds=ID`` |
| 2137 | Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the |
| 2138 | VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket |
| 2139 | and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials |
| 2140 | will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth |
| 2141 | mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created |
| 2142 | using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument. |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | ``tls-authz=ID`` |
| 2145 | Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which |
| 2146 | the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object |
| 2147 | is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated |
| 2148 | on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will |
| 2149 | default to denying access. |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | ``sasl`` |
| 2152 | Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC |
| 2153 | server. The exact choice of authentication method used is |
| 2154 | controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for |
| 2155 | the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in |
| 2156 | /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, |
| 2157 | an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it |
| 2158 | search alternate locations for the service config. While some |
| 2159 | SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), |
| 2160 | it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' |
| 2161 | and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server |
| 2162 | certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing |
| 2163 | compromise of authentication credentials. See the |
| 2164 | :ref:`vnc_005fsecurity` section for details on |
| 2165 | using SASL authentication. |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | ``sasl-authz=ID`` |
| 2168 | Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which |
| 2169 | the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only |
| 2170 | resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the |
| 2171 | fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default |
| 2172 | to denying access. |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | ``acl`` |
| 2175 | Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the |
| 2176 | x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the |
| 2177 | creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of |
| 2178 | ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these |
| 2179 | objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands. |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new |
| 2182 | ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement. |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | ``lossy`` |
| 2185 | Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this |
| 2186 | option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates |
| 2187 | depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can |
| 2188 | save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality. |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | ``non-adaptive`` |
| 2191 | Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by |
| 2192 | default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently |
| 2193 | updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using |
| 2194 | a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save |
| 2195 | bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings |
| 2196 | restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight. |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]`` |
| 2199 | Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to |
| 2200 | ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is |
| 2201 | implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple |
| 2202 | clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared |
| 2203 | session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default. |
| 2204 | 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for |
| 2205 | shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting |
| 2206 | specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely |
| 2207 | ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect |
| 2208 | unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is |
| 2209 | traditional QEMU behavior. |
| 2210 | |
| 2211 | ``key-delay-ms`` |
| 2212 | Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in |
| 2213 | milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth |
| 2214 | devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep |
| 2215 | up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk. |
| 2216 | Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or |
| 2217 | scripts for automated testing. |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | ``audiodev=audiodev`` |
| 2220 | Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio |
| 2221 | transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option |
| 2222 | must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a |
| 2223 | valid audiodev. |
| 2224 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | |
Michael Ellerman | a3adb7a | 2011-12-19 17:19:31 +1100 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n", |
| 2232 | QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | SRST |
| 2234 | ``-win2k-hack`` |
| 2235 | Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After |
| 2236 | Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this |
| 2237 | option slows down the IDE transfers). |
| 2238 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n", |
| 2242 | QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | SRST |
| 2244 | ``-no-fd-bootchk`` |
| 2245 | Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be |
| 2246 | needed to boot from old floppy disks. |
| 2247 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi, |
Shannon Zhao | f5d8c8c | 2015-05-29 11:28:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | SRST |
| 2252 | ``-no-acpi`` |
| 2253 | Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support. |
| 2254 | Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target |
| 2255 | machine only). |
| 2256 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | SRST |
| 2261 | ``-no-hpet`` |
| 2262 | Disable HPET support. |
| 2263 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable, |
Michael Tokarev | 104bf02 | 2011-05-12 18:44:17 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | SRST |
| 2269 | ``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]`` |
| 2270 | Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from |
| 2271 | specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified |
| 2272 | files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other |
| 2273 | options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all |
| 2274 | header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table |
| 2275 | is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id |
| 2276 | fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a. |
| 2277 | FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the |
| 2278 | Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec. |
| 2279 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | |
aliguori | b6f6e3d | 2009-04-17 18:59:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios, |
| 2282 | "-smbios file=binary\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n" |
Gabriel L. Somlo | b155eb1 | 2015-02-05 11:45:30 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n" |
| 2285 | " [,uefi=on|off]\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n" |
aliguori | b6f6e3d | 2009-04-17 18:59:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" |
| 2288 | " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n" |
Gabriel L. Somlo | b155eb1 | 2015-02-05 11:45:30 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n" |
| 2290 | "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" |
| 2291 | " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n" |
| 2292 | " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n" |
| 2293 | "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n" |
| 2294 | " [,sku=str]\n" |
| 2295 | " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n" |
| 2296 | "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n" |
| 2297 | " [,asset=str][,part=str]\n" |
| 2298 | " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n" |
| 2299 | "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n" |
Gabriel L. Somlo | 3ebd6cc | 2015-03-11 13:58:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n" |
Gabriel L. Somlo | b155eb1 | 2015-02-05 11:45:30 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n", |
Wei Huang | c30e156 | 2015-09-07 10:39:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | SRST |
| 2304 | ``-smbios file=binary`` |
| 2305 | Load SMBIOS entry from binary file. |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | ``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]`` |
| 2308 | Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | ``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]`` |
| 2311 | Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | ``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]`` |
| 2314 | Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | ``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]`` |
| 2317 | Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | ``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str]`` |
| 2320 | Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | ``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]`` |
| 2323 | Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields |
| 2324 | ERST |
aliguori | b6f6e3d | 2009-04-17 18:59:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | |
Markus Armbruster | c70a01e | 2013-02-13 19:49:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | DEFHEADING() |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | DEFHEADING(Network options:) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev, |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP |
Samuel Thibault | 0b11c03 | 2016-03-20 12:29:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4[=on|off]][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n" |
| 2333 | " [,ipv6[=on|off]][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n" |
| 2334 | " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n" |
Benjamin Drung | f18d137 | 2018-02-27 17:06:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n" |
Fam Zheng | 0fca92b | 2018-09-14 15:26:16 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]" |
Jan Kiszka | ad196a9 | 2009-06-24 14:42:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
Jan Kiszka | c92ef6a | 2009-06-24 14:42:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n" |
Jan Kiszka | ad196a9 | 2009-06-24 14:42:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | #endif |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n" |
| 2341 | " its DHCP server and optional services\n" |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | #endif |
| 2343 | #ifdef _WIN32 |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n" |
| 2345 | " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | #else |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n" |
Alexey Kardashevskiy | 584613e | 2016-09-13 17:11:54 +1000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n" |
Jason Wang | 69e87b3 | 2016-07-06 09:57:55 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | " [,poll-us=n]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n" |
Alexey Kardashevskiy | 584613e | 2016-09-13 17:11:54 +1000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" |
Corey Bryant | a7c36ee | 2012-01-26 09:42:27 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n" |
| 2354 | " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n" |
| 2355 | " to deconfigure it\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n" |
Corey Bryant | a7c36ee | 2012-01-26 09:42:27 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n" |
| 2358 | " configure it\n" |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n" |
Jason Wang | 2ca81ba | 2013-02-20 18:04:01 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n" |
Michael S. Tsirkin | f157ed2 | 2011-02-01 14:25:40 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n" |
Bruce Rogers | ca1a8a0 | 2010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n" |
| 2364 | " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n" |
Michael S. Tsirkin | 82b0d80 | 2010-03-17 13:08:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n" |
mst@redhat.com | 5430a28 | 2011-02-01 22:13:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n" |
| 2367 | " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n" |
Michael S. Tsirkin | 82b0d80 | 2010-03-17 13:08:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n" |
Jason Wang | 2ca81ba | 2013-02-20 18:04:01 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n" |
Jason Wang | ec39601 | 2013-02-22 22:57:52 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n" |
Jason Wang | 69e87b3 | 2016-07-06 09:57:55 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | " use 'poll-us=n' to speciy the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n" |
| 2372 | " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n" |
| 2374 | " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n" |
| 2375 | " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n" |
| 2376 | " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n" |
Mark McLoughlin | 0df0ff6 | 2009-06-18 18:21:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | #endif |
Anton Ivanov | 3fb69aa | 2014-06-20 10:34:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | #ifdef __linux__ |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n" |
| 2380 | " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on/off][,udp=on/off]\n" |
| 2381 | " [,cookie64=on/off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n" |
| 2382 | " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n" |
| 2383 | " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n" |
| 2384 | " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n" |
Anton Ivanov | 3fb69aa | 2014-06-20 10:34:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n" |
Michael Tokarev | 2f47b40 | 2014-07-24 20:10:17 +0400 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n" |
Anton Ivanov | 3fb69aa | 2014-06-20 10:34:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n" |
Stefan Hajnoczi | 21843dc | 2020-02-29 11:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n" |
Anton Ivanov | 3fb69aa | 2014-06-20 10:34:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n" |
| 2390 | " use 'src=' to specify source address\n" |
| 2391 | " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n" |
| 2392 | " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n" |
Gonglei | 3952651 | 2014-08-14 14:35:48 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n" |
Anton Ivanov | 3fb69aa | 2014-06-20 10:34:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n" |
| 2395 | " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n" |
| 2396 | " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n" |
| 2397 | " well as a weak security measure\n" |
| 2398 | " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n" |
| 2399 | " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n" |
| 2400 | " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n" |
| 2401 | " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n" |
| 2402 | " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n" |
| 2403 | " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n" |
| 2404 | #endif |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n" |
| 2406 | " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" |
| 2407 | " using a socket connection\n" |
| 2408 | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n" |
| 2409 | " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n" |
Mike Ryan | 3a75e74 | 2010-12-01 11:16:47 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n" |
| 2412 | " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n" |
| 2413 | " using an UDP tunnel\n" |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n" |
| 2416 | " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n" |
| 2417 | " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n" |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n" |
| 2419 | " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n" |
| 2420 | #endif |
Vincenzo Maffione | 5895213 | 2013-11-06 11:44:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n" |
Vincenzo Maffione | 5895213 | 2013-11-06 11:44:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n" |
| 2424 | " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n" |
| 2425 | " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n" |
| 2426 | #endif |
Thomas Huth | 253dc14 | 2018-02-21 11:18:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n" |
| 2429 | " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n" |
Thomas Huth | 253dc14 | 2018-02-21 11:18:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | #endif |
Cindy Lu | 108a648 | 2020-07-01 22:55:37 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | #ifdef __linux__ |
| 2432 | "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n" |
| 2433 | " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n" |
| 2434 | #endif |
Thomas Huth | 18d65d2 | 2018-01-15 20:50:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n" |
Thomas Huth | af1a5c3 | 2018-04-30 20:02:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Thomas Huth | 78cd6f7 | 2018-02-21 11:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic, |
BALATON Zoltan | dfaa7d5 | 2018-07-16 21:12:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | "-nic [tap|bridge|" |
Thomas Huth | 78cd6f7 | 2018-02-21 11:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP |
| 2440 | "user|" |
| 2441 | #endif |
| 2442 | #ifdef __linux__ |
| 2443 | "l2tpv3|" |
| 2444 | #endif |
| 2445 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE |
| 2446 | "vde|" |
| 2447 | #endif |
| 2448 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP |
| 2449 | "netmap|" |
| 2450 | #endif |
| 2451 | #ifdef CONFIG_POSIX |
| 2452 | "vhost-user|" |
| 2453 | #endif |
| 2454 | "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n" |
| 2455 | " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n" |
| 2456 | " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n" |
BALATON Zoltan | dfaa7d5 | 2018-07-16 21:12:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n" |
Thomas Huth | 78cd6f7 | 2018-02-21 11:18:36 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | " provided a 'user' network connection)\n", |
| 2459 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net, |
Thomas Huth | af1a5c3 | 2018-04-30 20:02:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 0e60a82 | 2017-12-19 16:28:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n" |
Thomas Huth | af1a5c3 | 2018-04-30 20:02:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2463 | " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | "-net [" |
Mark McLoughlin | a1ea458 | 2009-10-08 19:58:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | #ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP |
| 2466 | "user|" |
| 2467 | #endif |
| 2468 | "tap|" |
Corey Bryant | a7c36ee | 2012-01-26 09:42:27 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2469 | "bridge|" |
Mark McLoughlin | a1ea458 | 2009-10-08 19:58:26 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | #ifdef CONFIG_VDE |
| 2471 | "vde|" |
| 2472 | #endif |
Vincenzo Maffione | 5895213 | 2013-11-06 11:44:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | #ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP |
| 2474 | "netmap|" |
| 2475 | #endif |
Thomas Huth | af1a5c3 | 2018-04-30 20:02:23 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n" |
Thomas Huth | 6a8b4a5 | 2015-05-15 16:58:24 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 | " old way to initialize a host network interface\n" |
| 2478 | " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | SRST |
| 2480 | ``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]`` |
| 2481 | This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board |
| 2482 | (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go. |
| 2483 | The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding |
| 2484 | ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with |
| 2485 | ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device |
| 2486 | types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``. |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic`` |
| 2489 | can be used to shorten the command line length: |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 |
| 2494 | |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32 |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | ``-nic none`` |
| 2497 | Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to |
| 2498 | override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host |
| 2499 | network backend) which is activated if no other networking options |
| 2500 | are provided. |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | ``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]`` |
| 2503 | Configure user mode host network backend which requires no |
| 2504 | administrator privilege to run. Valid options are: |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | ``id=id`` |
| 2507 | Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands. |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off`` |
| 2510 | Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is |
| 2511 | specified both protocols are enabled. |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | ``net=addr[/mask]`` |
| 2514 | Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify |
| 2515 | the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid |
| 2516 | top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24. |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | ``host=addr`` |
| 2519 | Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the |
| 2520 | 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2. |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]`` |
| 2523 | Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is |
| 2524 | fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal |
| 2525 | IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given |
| 2526 | as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64). |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | ``ipv6-host=addr`` |
| 2529 | Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is |
| 2530 | the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2. |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | ``restrict=on|off`` |
| 2533 | If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it |
| 2534 | will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets |
| 2535 | will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does |
| 2536 | not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules. |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | ``hostname=name`` |
| 2539 | Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP |
| 2540 | server. |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | ``dhcpstart=addr`` |
| 2543 | Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can |
| 2544 | assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network, |
| 2545 | i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31. |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | ``dns=addr`` |
| 2548 | Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The |
| 2549 | address must be different from the host address. Default is the |
| 2550 | 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3. |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | ``ipv6-dns=addr`` |
| 2553 | Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual |
| 2554 | nameserver. The address must be different from the host address. |
| 2555 | Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3. |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | ``dnssearch=domain`` |
| 2558 | Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the |
| 2559 | built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be |
| 2560 | transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If |
| 2561 | supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to |
| 2562 | append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not |
| 2563 | be resolved. |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | Example: |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | ``domainname=domain`` |
| 2572 | Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP |
| 2573 | server. |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | ``tftp=dir`` |
| 2576 | When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP |
| 2577 | server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP |
| 2578 | server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in |
| 2579 | binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client). |
| 2580 | |
| 2581 | ``tftp-server-name=name`` |
| 2582 | In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name" |
| 2583 | (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to |
| 2584 | load boot files or configurations from a different server than |
| 2585 | the host address. |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | ``bootfile=file`` |
| 2588 | When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the |
| 2589 | BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used |
| 2590 | to network boot a guest from a local directory. |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 | Example (using pxelinux): |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \ |
| 2597 | -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0 |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]`` |
| 2600 | When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB |
| 2601 | server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in |
| 2602 | ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be |
| 2603 | set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used, |
| 2604 | i.e. x.x.x.4. |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | In the guest Windows OS, the line: |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | :: |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | 10.0.2.4 smbserver |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows |
| 2613 | 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows |
| 2614 | NT/2000). |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``. |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 | Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS. |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport`` |
| 2621 | Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port |
| 2622 | hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port |
| 2623 | guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15 |
| 2624 | (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By |
| 2625 | specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host |
| 2626 | interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This |
| 2627 | option can be given multiple times. |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to |
| 2630 | guest screen 0, use the following: |
| 2631 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | |
| 2634 | # on the host |
| 2635 | |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000 |
| 2636 | # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server |
| 2637 | xterm -display :1 |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet |
| 2640 | port on the guest, use the following: |
| 2641 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
| 2644 | # on the host |
| 2645 | |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23 |
| 2646 | telnet localhost 5555 |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you |
| 2649 | connect to the guest telnet server. |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command`` |
| 2652 | Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port |
| 2653 | port to the character device dev or to a program executed by |
| 2654 | cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option |
| 2655 | can be given multiple times. |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used |
| 2658 | throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example: |
| 2659 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | |
| 2662 | # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever |
| 2663 | # the guest accesses it |
| 2664 | |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321 |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established |
| 2667 | by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process |
| 2668 | for that virtual server: |
| 2669 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | |
| 2672 | # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234 |
| 2673 | # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout |
| 2674 | |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321' |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | ``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` |
| 2677 | Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id. |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | Use the network script file to configure it and the network script |
| 2680 | dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS |
| 2681 | automatically provides one. The default network configure script is |
| 2682 | ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is |
| 2683 | ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to |
| 2684 | disable script execution. |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper |
| 2687 | helper to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge. |
| 2688 | The default network helper executable is |
| 2689 | ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is |
| 2690 | ``br0``. |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened |
| 2693 | host TAP interface. |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | Examples: |
| 2696 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | |
| 2699 | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script |
| 2700 | |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap |
| 2701 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2703 | |
| 2704 | #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected |
| 2705 | #to a TAP device |
| 2706 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2707 | -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \ |
| 2708 | -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1 |
| 2709 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2710 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | |
| 2712 | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to |
| 2713 | #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 |
| 2714 | |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \ |
| 2715 | -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper" |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | ``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]`` |
| 2718 | Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device. |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and |
| 2721 | attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is |
| 2722 | ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is |
| 2723 | ``br0``. |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | Examples: |
| 2726 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | |
| 2729 | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to |
| 2730 | #connect a TAP device to bridge br0 |
| 2731 | |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 |
| 2732 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | |
| 2735 | #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to |
| 2736 | #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0 |
| 2737 | |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1 |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]`` |
| 2740 | This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network |
| 2741 | to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If |
| 2742 | ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port |
| 2743 | (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU |
| 2744 | instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an |
| 2745 | already opened TCP socket. |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | Example: |
| 2748 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | |
| 2751 | # launch a first QEMU instance |
| 2752 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2753 | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \ |
| 2754 | -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234 |
| 2755 | # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance |
| 2756 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2757 | -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \ |
| 2758 | -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234 |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | ``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]`` |
| 2761 | Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network |
| 2762 | traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast |
| 2763 | socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast |
| 2764 | address maddr and port. NOTES: |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus |
| 2767 | (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts). |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument |
| 2770 | ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net. |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket. |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | Example: |
| 2775 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | |
| 2778 | # launch one QEMU instance |
| 2779 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2780 | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \ |
| 2781 | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 |
| 2782 | # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus" |
| 2783 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2784 | -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \ |
| 2785 | -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 |
| 2786 | # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus" |
| 2787 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2788 | -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \ |
| 2789 | -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234 |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | Example (User Mode Linux compat.): |
| 2792 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | |
| 2795 | # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default) |
| 2796 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2797 | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \ |
| 2798 | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102 |
| 2799 | # launch UML |
| 2800 | /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4): |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | |qemu_system| linux.img \ |
| 2807 | -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \ |
| 2808 | -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4 |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | ``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6][,udp][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]`` |
| 2811 | Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931) |
| 2812 | is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data |
| 2813 | frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and |
| 2814 | the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards). |
| 2815 | |
| 2816 | This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or |
| 2817 | firewall directly. |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | ``src=srcaddr`` |
| 2820 | source address (mandatory) |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | ``dst=dstaddr`` |
| 2823 | destination address (mandatory) |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | ``udp`` |
| 2826 | select udp encapsulation (default is ip). |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | ``srcport=srcport`` |
| 2829 | source udp port. |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | ``dstport=dstport`` |
| 2832 | destination udp port. |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | ``ipv6`` |
| 2835 | force v6, otherwise defaults to v4. |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie`` |
| 2838 | Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification. |
| 2839 | Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default |
| 2840 | they are 32 bit. |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | ``cookie64`` |
| 2843 | Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32 |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | ``counter=off`` |
| 2846 | Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in |
| 2847 | draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00 |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | ``pincounter=on`` |
| 2850 | Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help |
| 2851 | on networks which have packet reorder. |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | ``offset=offset`` |
| 2854 | Add an extra offset between header and data |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to |
| 2857 | the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4: |
| 2858 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | |
| 2861 | # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation |
| 2862 | # on 1.2.3.4 |
| 2863 | ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \ |
| 2864 | encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384 |
| 2865 | ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \ |
| 2866 | 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF |
| 2867 | ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500 |
| 2868 | ifconfig vmtunnel0 up |
| 2869 | brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0 |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | # on 4.3.2.1 |
| 2873 | # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 | |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \ |
| 2876 | -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | ``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]`` |
| 2879 | Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running |
| 2880 | on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use |
| 2881 | GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and |
| 2882 | permissions for communication port. This option is only available if |
| 2883 | QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled. |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | Example: |
| 2886 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 | |
| 2889 | # launch vde switch |
| 2890 | vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch |
| 2891 | # launch QEMU instance |
| 2892 | |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | ``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]`` |
| 2895 | Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev |
| 2896 | should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a |
| 2897 | specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement |
| 2898 | messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On |
| 2899 | non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use |
| 2900 | 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for |
| 2901 | multiqueue vhost-user. |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | Example: |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | :: |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \ |
| 2908 | -numa node,memdev=mem \ |
| 2909 | -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \ |
| 2910 | -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \ |
| 2911 | -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0 |
| 2912 | |
Cindy Lu | 108a648 | 2020-07-01 22:55:37 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | ``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev`` |
| 2914 | Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev. |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with |
| 2917 | the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path. |
| 2918 | vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or |
| 2919 | emulated by software. |
| 2920 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | ``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]`` |
| 2922 | Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid. |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub |
| 2925 | instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the |
| 2926 | hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd`` |
| 2927 | option. |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | ``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]`` |
| 2930 | Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine |
| 2931 | default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the |
| 2932 | emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd. |
| 2933 | If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the |
| 2934 | machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in |
| 2935 | future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify |
| 2936 | a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the |
| 2937 | device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be |
| 2938 | assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you |
| 2939 | can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have; |
| 2940 | this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to |
| 2941 | disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is |
| 2942 | created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card. |
| 2943 | Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your |
| 2944 | target. |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | ``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]`` |
| 2947 | Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to |
| 2948 | the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0 |
| 2949 | (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port. |
| 2950 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | DEFHEADING() |
| 2953 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | DEFHEADING(Character device options:) |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
| 2956 | DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev, |
Lin Ma | 517b3d4 | 2016-08-17 01:13:52 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | "-chardev help\n" |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Corey Minyard | 5dd1f02 | 2014-10-02 11:17:37 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]\n" |
Julia Suvorova | 981b06e | 2018-10-19 01:35:00 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | " [,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n" |
Daniel P. Berrange | fd4a5fd | 2019-03-08 15:21:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n" |
Julia Suvorova | 981b06e | 2018-10-19 01:35:00 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds]\n" |
xiaoqiang zhao | e339273 | 2020-05-16 11:13:27 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n" |
Jan Kiszka | 9733128 | 2010-04-06 16:55:54 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | " [,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6][,mux=on|off]\n" |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2967 | "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n" |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2970 | "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2971 | "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2972 | "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2973 | #ifdef _WIN32 |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 | "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2975 | "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | #else |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2978 | "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2979 | #endif |
| 2980 | #ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | #endif |
| 2983 | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ |
| 2984 | || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2986 | "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | #endif |
| 2988 | #if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2990 | "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | #endif |
Alon Levy | cbcc633 | 2011-01-19 10:49:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPICE) |
Daniel P. Berrange | d0d7708 | 2016-01-11 12:44:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
| 2994 | "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n" |
Alon Levy | cbcc633 | 2011-01-19 10:49:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2995 | #endif |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2996 | , QEMU_ARCH_ALL |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | ) |
| 2998 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | SRST |
| 3000 | The general form of a character device option is: |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 | ``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]`` |
| 3003 | Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``, |
| 3004 | ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``, |
| 3005 | ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``, |
| 3006 | ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the |
| 3007 | applicable options. |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types. |
| 3010 | |
| 3011 | All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127 |
| 3012 | characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in |
| 3013 | other command line directives. |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple |
| 3016 | front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is |
| 3017 | a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev |
| 3018 | backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk |
| 3019 | to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and |
| 3020 | ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID, |
| 3021 | and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev |
| 3022 | ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be |
| 3023 | connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing |
| 3024 | enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For |
| 3025 | instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be |
| 3026 | used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor: |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 | :: |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ |
| 3031 | -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ |
| 3032 | -serial chardev:char0 \ |
| 3033 | -serial chardev:char0 |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration; |
| 3036 | for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0 |
| 3037 | and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a |
| 3038 | parallel port: |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | :: |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \ |
| 3043 | -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \ |
| 3044 | -parallel chardev:char0 \ |
| 3045 | -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \ |
| 3046 | -serial chardev:char1 \ |
| 3047 | -serial chardev:char1 |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape |
| 3050 | sequences are interpreted in the input. See :ref:`mux_005fkeys`. |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | Note that some other command line options may implicitly create |
| 3053 | multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio`` |
| 3054 | creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and |
| 3055 | the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console |
| 3056 | and the monitor to stdio. |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other |
| 3059 | direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from |
| 3060 | multiple chardevs). |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the |
| 3063 | path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The |
| 3064 | ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated |
| 3065 | or appended to when opened. |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | The available backends are: |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | ``-chardev null,id=id`` |
| 3070 | A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any |
| 3071 | data it receives. The null backend does not take any options. |
| 3072 | |
| 3073 | ``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server][,nowait][,telnet][,websocket][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]`` |
| 3074 | Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix |
| 3075 | socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified. |
| 3076 | Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix |
| 3077 | socket. |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | ``server`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket. |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | ``nowait`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client |
| 3082 | to connect to a listening socket. |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | ``telnet`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret |
| 3085 | telnet escape sequences. |
| 3086 | |
| 3087 | ``websocket`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for |
| 3088 | communication. |
| 3089 | |
| 3090 | ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server |
| 3091 | sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many |
| 3092 | seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting, |
| 3093 | and is the default. |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for |
| 3096 | encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for |
| 3097 | the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the |
| 3098 | ``-object tls-creds`` argument. |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object |
| 3101 | against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be |
| 3102 | validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be |
| 3103 | deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active. |
| 3104 | If missing, it will default to denying access. |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | TCP and unix socket options are given below: |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 | ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4][,ipv6][,nodelay]`` |
| 3109 | ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to |
| 3110 | be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to |
| 3111 | connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not |
| 3112 | specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be |
| 3115 | bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote |
| 3116 | host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port |
| 3117 | number or a service name. ``port`` is required. |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is |
| 3120 | specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to |
| 3121 | bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it |
| 3122 | succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number. |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | ``ipv4`` and ``ipv6`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be |
| 3125 | used. If neither is specified the socket may use either |
| 3126 | protocol. |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | ``nodelay`` disables the Nagle algorithm. |
| 3129 | |
xiaoqiang zhao | e339273 | 2020-05-16 11:13:27 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path`` |
| 3132 | is required. |
xiaoqiang zhao | e339273 | 2020-05-16 11:13:27 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3133 | ``abstract`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace, |
| 3134 | rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false. |
| 3135 | ``tight`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum, |
| 3136 | rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | |
| 3138 | ``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4][,ipv6]`` |
| 3139 | Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP. |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 | ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified |
| 3142 | it defaults to ``localhost``. |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to. |
| 3145 | ``port`` is required. |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not |
| 3148 | specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``. |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified |
| 3151 | any available local port will be used. |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | ``ipv4`` and ``ipv6`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used. |
| 3154 | If neither is specified the device may use either protocol. |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 | ``-chardev msmouse,id=id`` |
| 3157 | Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse`` |
| 3158 | does not take any options. |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | ``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]`` |
| 3161 | Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a |
| 3162 | specific size. |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively |
| 3165 | of the console, in pixels. |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a |
| 3168 | text console with the given dimensions. |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | ``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]`` |
| 3171 | Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power |
| 3172 | of two and defaults to ``64K``. |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | ``-chardev file,id=id,path=path`` |
| 3175 | Log all traffic received from the guest to a file. |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will |
| 3178 | be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does. |
| 3179 | ``path`` is required. |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | ``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path`` |
| 3182 | Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs |
| 3183 | slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts: |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at |
| 3186 | ``\\.pipe\path``. |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and |
| 3189 | ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the |
| 3190 | guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU |
| 3191 | will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present. |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is |
| 3194 | required. |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | ``-chardev console,id=id`` |
| 3197 | Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console`` |
| 3198 | does not take any options. |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts. |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | ``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path`` |
| 3203 | Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host. |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only |
| 3206 | serial lines. |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open. |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | ``-chardev pty,id=id`` |
| 3211 | Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty`` |
| 3212 | does not take any options. |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts. |
| 3215 | |
| 3216 | ``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]`` |
| 3217 | Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process. |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that |
| 3220 | includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option |
| 3221 | is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it. |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | ``-chardev braille,id=id`` |
| 3224 | Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any |
| 3225 | options. |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | ``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path`` |
| 3228 | ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD |
| 3229 | and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``. |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required. |
| 3232 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | ``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path`` |
| 3234 | \ |
| 3235 | ``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD |
| 3237 | hosts. |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | Connect to a local parallel port. |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is |
| 3242 | required. |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | ``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` |
| 3245 | ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in. |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport. |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | ``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name`` |
| 3254 | ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in. |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | ``name`` name of spice port to connect to |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the |
| 3261 | traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn). |
| 3262 | ERST |
Matthew Booth | 7273a2d | 2009-10-30 13:41:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | |
| 3264 | DEFHEADING() |
| 3265 | |
Stefan Berger | d1a0cf7 | 2013-02-27 12:47:49 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3266 | #ifdef CONFIG_TPM |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | DEFHEADING(TPM device options:) |
Stefan Berger | d1a0cf7 | 2013-02-27 12:47:49 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 | |
| 3269 | DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \ |
Stefan Berger | 92dcc23 | 2013-02-27 12:47:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n" |
| 3271 | " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n" |
| 3272 | " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n" |
Amarnath Valluri | f4ede81 | 2017-09-29 14:10:20 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n" |
| 3274 | "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n" |
| 3275 | " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n", |
Stefan Berger | d1a0cf7 | 2013-02-27 12:47:49 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3277 | SRST |
| 3278 | The general form of a TPM device option is: |
| 3279 | |
| 3280 | ``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]`` |
| 3281 | The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The |
| 3282 | ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a |
| 3283 | ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model. |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types. |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | The available backends are: |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | ``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path`` |
| 3290 | (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the |
| 3291 | passthrough driver. |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a |
| 3294 | Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by |
| 3295 | default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used. |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs |
| 3298 | entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command. |
| 3299 | ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the |
| 3300 | sysfs entry to use. |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver: |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 | The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used |
| 3305 | by any other application on the host. |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the |
| 3308 | TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize |
| 3309 | the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that |
| 3310 | would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the |
| 3311 | user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if |
| 3312 | TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will |
| 3313 | get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again |
| 3314 | afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to |
| 3315 | enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM |
| 3316 | is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail. |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options: |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | :: |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by |
| 3325 | ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option. |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | ``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev`` |
| 3328 | (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain |
| 3329 | socket based chardev backend. |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend |
| 3332 | that provides connection to the software TPM server. |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend: |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | :: |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0 |
| 3339 | ERST |
Stefan Berger | d1a0cf7 | 2013-02-27 12:47:49 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | |
| 3341 | DEFHEADING() |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | #endif |
| 3344 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | DEFHEADING(Linux/Multiboot boot specific:) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3346 | SRST |
| 3347 | When using these options, you can use a given Linux or Multiboot kernel |
| 3348 | without installing it in the disk image. It can be useful for easier |
| 3349 | testing of various kernels. |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 | |
| 3354 | DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 | "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 | SRST |
| 3357 | ``-kernel bzImage`` |
| 3358 | Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel |
| 3359 | or in multiboot format. |
| 3360 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3361 | |
| 3362 | DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | SRST |
| 3365 | ``-append cmdline`` |
| 3366 | Use cmdline as kernel command line |
| 3367 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | |
| 3369 | DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 | "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | SRST |
| 3372 | ``-initrd file`` |
| 3373 | Use file as initial ram disk. |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | ``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"`` |
| 3376 | This syntax is only available with multiboot. |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 | Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the |
| 3379 | first module. |
| 3380 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | |
Grant Likely | 412beee | 2012-03-02 11:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \ |
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite | 379b5c7 | 2012-03-04 21:03:54 +1000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | SRST |
| 3385 | ``-dtb file`` |
| 3386 | Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the |
| 3387 | kernel on boot. |
| 3388 | ERST |
Grant Likely | 412beee | 2012-03-02 11:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | DEFHEADING() |
| 3391 | |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | |
Gabriel L. Somlo | 81b2b81 | 2015-04-29 11:21:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 | DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg, |
| 3395 | "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 63d3145 | 2016-04-18 18:29:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n" |
Gabriel L. Somlo | 6407d76 | 2015-09-29 12:29:01 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n" |
Markus Armbruster | 63d3145 | 2016-04-18 18:29:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n", |
Gabriel L. Somlo | 81b2b81 | 2015-04-29 11:21:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | SRST |
| 3401 | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file`` |
| 3402 | Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file. |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | ``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str`` |
| 3405 | Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str. |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be |
| 3408 | included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with |
| 3409 | embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter. |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest. |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | Example: |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | :: |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents |
| 3420 | from ./my\_blob.bin. |
| 3421 | ERST |
Gabriel L. Somlo | 81b2b81 | 2015-04-29 11:21:53 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n", |
| 3425 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | SRST |
| 3427 | ``-serial dev`` |
| 3428 | Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The |
| 3429 | default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non |
| 3430 | graphical mode. |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial |
| 3433 | ports. |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports. |
| 3436 | |
| 3437 | Available character devices are: |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | ``vc[:WxH]`` |
| 3440 | Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in |
| 3441 | pixel with |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | :: |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | vc:800x600 |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | It is also possible to specify width or height in characters: |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | :: |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 | vc:80Cx24C |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | ``pty`` |
| 3454 | [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated) |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | ``none`` |
| 3457 | No device is allocated. |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | ``null`` |
| 3460 | void device |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | ``chardev:id`` |
| 3463 | Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev`` |
| 3464 | option. |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | ``/dev/XXX`` |
| 3467 | [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial |
| 3468 | port parameters are set according to the emulated ones. |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | ``/dev/parportN`` |
| 3471 | [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N. |
| 3472 | Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used. |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | ``file:filename`` |
| 3475 | Write output to filename. No character can be read. |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | ``stdio`` |
| 3478 | [Unix only] standard input/output |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | ``pipe:filename`` |
| 3481 | name pipe filename |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | ``COMn`` |
| 3484 | [Windows only] Use host serial port n |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]`` |
| 3487 | This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip |
| 3488 | are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a |
| 3489 | specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen. |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | If you just want a simple readonly console you can use |
| 3492 | ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with: |
| 3493 | ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time |
| 3494 | QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the |
| 3495 | netconsole session. |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want |
| 3498 | to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use |
| 3499 | the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial |
| 3500 | udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched |
| 3501 | version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and |
| 3502 | receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of |
| 3503 | netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char |
| 3504 | transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a |
| 3505 | netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the |
| 3506 | QEMU port. |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | ``QEMU Options:`` |
| 3509 | -serial udp::4555@:4556 |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | ``netcat options:`` |
| 3512 | -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | ``telnet options:`` |
| 3515 | localhost 5555 |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | ``tcp:[host]:port[,server][,nowait][,nodelay][,reconnect=seconds]`` |
| 3518 | The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the |
| 3519 | serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a |
| 3520 | location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the |
| 3521 | port. If you use the server option QEMU will wait for a client |
| 3522 | socket application to connect to the port before continuing, |
| 3523 | unless the ``nowait`` option was specified. The ``nodelay`` |
| 3524 | option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect`` |
| 3525 | option only applies if noserver is set, if the connection goes |
| 3526 | down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host |
| 3527 | is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a |
| 3528 | time is accepted. You can use ``telnet`` to connect to the |
| 3529 | corresponding character device. |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 | ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444`` |
| 3532 | -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444 |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection`` |
| 3535 | -serial tcp::4444,server |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444`` |
| 3538 | -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server,nowait |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | ``telnet:host:port[,server][,nowait][,nodelay]`` |
| 3541 | The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The |
| 3542 | options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``. |
| 3543 | The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or |
| 3544 | client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you |
| 3545 | to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that |
| 3546 | supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet |
| 3547 | you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by |
| 3548 | pressing the enter key. |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | ``websocket:host:port,server[,nowait][,nodelay]`` |
| 3551 | The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The |
| 3552 | port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported. |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | ``unix:path[,server][,nowait][,reconnect=seconds]`` |
| 3555 | A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option |
| 3556 | works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except |
| 3557 | the unix domain socket path is used for connections. |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | ``mon:dev_string`` |
| 3560 | This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed |
| 3561 | onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key |
| 3562 | sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be |
| 3563 | any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to |
| 3564 | multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port |
| 3565 | 4444 would be: |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server,nowait`` |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C |
| 3570 | will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest |
| 3571 | instead. |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | ``braille`` |
| 3574 | Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille |
| 3575 | output on a real or fake device. |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | ``msmouse`` |
| 3578 | Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft |
| 3579 | protocol. |
| 3580 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | |
| 3582 | DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 | "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n", |
| 3584 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 | SRST |
| 3586 | ``-parallel dev`` |
| 3587 | Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices |
| 3588 | as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used |
| 3589 | to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel |
| 3590 | port. |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel |
| 3593 | ports. |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports. |
| 3596 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | |
| 3598 | DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n", |
| 3600 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | SRST |
| 3602 | ``-monitor dev`` |
| 3603 | Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial |
| 3604 | port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` |
| 3605 | in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default |
| 3606 | monitor. |
| 3607 | ERST |
Gerd Hoffmann | 6ca5582 | 2009-12-08 13:11:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3609 | "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n", |
| 3610 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | SRST |
| 3612 | ``-qmp dev`` |
| 3613 | Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode. |
| 3614 | ERST |
Max Reitz | 4821cd4 | 2014-11-17 13:31:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \ |
| 3616 | "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n", |
| 3617 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | SRST |
| 3619 | ``-qmp-pretty dev`` |
| 3620 | Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting. |
| 3621 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | |
Gerd Hoffmann | 22a0e04 | 2009-12-08 13:11:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 | DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \ |
Vicente Jimenez Aguilar | ef67072 | 2017-11-14 09:11:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | SRST |
| 3626 | ``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]`` |
| 3627 | Setup monitor on chardev name. ``pretty`` turns on JSON pretty |
| 3628 | printing easing human reading and debugging. |
| 3629 | ERST |
Gerd Hoffmann | 22a0e04 | 2009-12-08 13:11:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | |
H. Peter Anvin | c9f398e | 2009-12-29 13:51:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n", |
| 3633 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | SRST |
| 3635 | ``-debugcon dev`` |
| 3636 | Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the |
| 3637 | serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically |
| 3638 | port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The |
| 3639 | default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non |
| 3640 | graphical mode. |
| 3641 | ERST |
H. Peter Anvin | c9f398e | 2009-12-29 13:51:36 -0800 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | SRST |
| 3646 | ``-pidfile file`` |
| 3647 | Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU |
| 3648 | from a script. |
| 3649 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | |
aurel32 | 1b530a6 | 2009-04-05 20:08:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | SRST |
| 3654 | ``-singlestep`` |
| 3655 | Run the emulation in single step mode. |
| 3656 | ERST |
aurel32 | 1b530a6 | 2009-04-05 20:08:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | |
Igor Mammedov | 047f703 | 2018-05-11 19:24:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \ |
Markus Armbruster | 361ac94 | 2018-07-05 11:14:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n", |
Igor Mammedov | 047f703 | 2018-05-11 19:24:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | SRST |
| 3662 | ``--preconfig`` |
| 3663 | Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is |
| 3664 | created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will |
| 3665 | affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to |
| 3666 | exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest |
| 3667 | if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This |
| 3668 | option is experimental. |
| 3669 | ERST |
Igor Mammedov | 047f703 | 2018-05-11 19:24:43 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n", |
| 3673 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 | SRST |
| 3675 | ``-S`` |
| 3676 | Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor). |
| 3677 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | |
Satoru Moriya | 888a6bc | 2013-04-19 16:42:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | DEF("realtime", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_realtime, |
| 3680 | "-realtime [mlock=on|off]\n" |
| 3681 | " run qemu with realtime features\n" |
| 3682 | " mlock=on|off controls mlock support (default: on)\n", |
| 3683 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | SRST |
| 3685 | ``-realtime mlock=on|off`` |
| 3686 | Run qemu with realtime features. mlocking qemu and guest memory can |
| 3687 | be enabled via ``mlock=on`` (enabled by default). |
| 3688 | ERST |
Satoru Moriya | 888a6bc | 2013-04-19 16:42:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | |
Michael S. Tsirkin | 6f131f1 | 2018-06-22 22:22:05 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit, |
BALATON Zoltan | dfaa7d5 | 2018-07-16 21:12:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n" |
Michael S. Tsirkin | 6f131f1 | 2018-06-22 22:22:05 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | " run qemu with overcommit hints\n" |
| 3693 | " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n" |
| 3694 | " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n", |
| 3695 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | SRST |
| 3697 | ``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off`` |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | \ |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | ``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off`` |
| 3700 | Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is |
| 3701 | to assume that host overcommits all resources. |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on`` |
| 3704 | (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not |
| 3705 | overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest. This is |
| 3706 | equivalent to ``realtime``. |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency |
| 3709 | for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for |
| 3710 | guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This |
| 3711 | works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host |
| 3712 | estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not |
| 3713 | taking into account guest idle time. |
| 3714 | ERST |
Michael S. Tsirkin | 6f131f1 | 2018-06-22 22:22:05 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | |
aliguori | 59030a8 | 2009-04-05 18:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \ |
Peter Maydell | e5910d4 | 2020-04-03 10:40:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n" |
| 3718 | " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n" |
| 3719 | " if you want it to not start execution.)\n", |
| 3720 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | SRST |
| 3722 | ``-gdb dev`` |
Peter Maydell | e5910d4 | 2020-04-03 10:40:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see |
| 3724 | :ref:`gdb_005fusage`). Note that this option does not pause QEMU |
| 3725 | execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you |
| 3726 | connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to |
| 3727 | also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU. |
| 3728 | |
| 3729 | The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket:: |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | -gdb tcp::3117 |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio |
| 3734 | are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection |
| 3735 | allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the |
| 3736 | connection via a pipe: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3737 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | |
| 3740 | (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ... |
| 3741 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3742 | |
aliguori | 59030a8 | 2009-04-05 18:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 | DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3744 | "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n", |
| 3745 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | SRST |
| 3747 | ``-s`` |
| 3748 | Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234 |
| 3749 | (see :ref:`gdb_005fusage`). |
| 3750 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 | |
| 3752 | DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \ |
Peter Maydell | 989b697 | 2013-02-26 17:52:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n", |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3755 | SRST |
| 3756 | ``-d item1[,...]`` |
| 3757 | Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log |
| 3758 | items. |
| 3759 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | |
Matthew Fernandez | c235d73 | 2011-06-07 16:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \ |
Peter Maydell | 989b697 | 2013-02-26 17:52:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 | "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n", |
Matthew Fernandez | c235d73 | 2011-06-07 16:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | SRST |
| 3765 | ``-D logfile`` |
| 3766 | Output log in logfile instead of to stderr |
| 3767 | ERST |
Matthew Fernandez | c235d73 | 2011-06-07 16:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | |
Alex Bennée | 3514552 | 2016-03-15 14:30:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 | DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \ |
| 3770 | "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n", |
| 3771 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | SRST |
| 3773 | ``-dfilter range1[,...]`` |
| 3774 | Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses. |
| 3775 | The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end |
| 3776 | where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For |
| 3777 | example: |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 | :: |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000 |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at |
| 3784 | 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and |
| 3785 | another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000. |
| 3786 | ERST |
Alex Bennée | 3514552 | 2016-03-15 14:30:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | |
Richard Henderson | 9c09a25 | 2019-03-14 13:06:29 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \ |
| 3789 | "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n", |
| 3790 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3791 | SRST |
| 3792 | ``-seed number`` |
| 3793 | Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number |
| 3794 | generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines |
| 3795 | within the host. |
| 3796 | ERST |
Richard Henderson | 9c09a25 | 2019-03-14 13:06:29 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n", |
| 3800 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | SRST |
| 3802 | ``-L path`` |
| 3803 | Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps. |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``. |
| 3806 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | |
| 3808 | DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | SRST |
| 3811 | ``-bios file`` |
| 3812 | Set the filename for the BIOS. |
| 3813 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3815 | DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | SRST |
| 3818 | ``-enable-kvm`` |
| 3819 | Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only |
| 3820 | available if KVM support is enabled when compiling. |
| 3821 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3822 | |
aliguori | e37630c | 2009-04-22 15:19:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3823 | DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3824 | "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
aliguori | e37630c | 2009-04-22 15:19:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach, |
| 3826 | "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n" |
Anthony PERARD | 1077bca | 2018-09-14 12:18:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3827 | " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n", |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3828 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Paul Durrant | 1c59947 | 2017-03-22 09:39:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3829 | DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict, |
| 3830 | "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n" |
| 3831 | " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n" |
| 3832 | " xenpv machine type).\n", |
| 3833 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | SRST |
| 3835 | ``-xen-domid id`` |
| 3836 | Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only). |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | ``-xen-attach`` |
| 3839 | Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting |
| 3840 | QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to |
| 3841 | specified domain id (XEN only). |
| 3842 | ERST |
aliguori | e37630c | 2009-04-22 15:19:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | SRST |
| 3847 | ``-no-reboot`` |
| 3848 | Exit instead of rebooting. |
| 3849 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | |
| 3851 | DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | SRST |
| 3854 | ``-no-shutdown`` |
| 3855 | Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the |
| 3856 | emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit |
| 3857 | changes to the disk image. |
| 3858 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | |
| 3860 | DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \ |
| 3861 | "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n", |
| 3863 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | SRST |
| 3865 | ``-loadvm file`` |
| 3866 | Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor) |
| 3867 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | |
| 3869 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 3870 | DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 | #endif |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | SRST |
| 3874 | ``-daemonize`` |
| 3875 | Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not |
| 3876 | detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on |
| 3877 | any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external |
| 3878 | programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization |
| 3879 | race conditions. |
| 3880 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | |
| 3882 | DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n", |
| 3884 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | SRST |
| 3886 | ``-option-rom file`` |
| 3887 | Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to |
| 3888 | load things like EtherBoot. |
| 3889 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | |
Jan Kiszka | 1ed2fc1 | 2009-09-15 13:36:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 | DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \ |
Artem Pisarenko | 238d124 | 2018-10-18 13:12:52 +0600 | [diff] [blame] | 3892 | "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n", |
| 3894 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Jan Kiszka | 1ed2fc1 | 2009-09-15 13:36:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | SRST |
| 3897 | ``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]`` |
| 3898 | Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at |
| 3899 | the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is |
| 3900 | required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a |
| 3901 | specific point in time, provide datetime in the format |
| 3902 | ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC. |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows |
| 3905 | using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest, |
| 3906 | specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate |
| 3907 | external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the |
| 3908 | guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead, |
| 3909 | which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even |
| 3910 | prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set |
| 3911 | ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is |
| 3912 | recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve |
| 3913 | determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the |
| 3914 | virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host |
| 3915 | clock. |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift |
| 3918 | problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try |
| 3919 | to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the |
| 3920 | Windows guest and will re-inject them. |
| 3921 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | |
| 3923 | DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \ |
Pavel Dovgalyuk | 9c2037d | 2017-01-24 10:17:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]\n" \ |
aliguori | bc14ca2 | 2009-04-05 18:43:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3925 | " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \ |
Victor CLEMENT | f1f4b57 | 2015-05-29 17:14:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \ |
| 3927 | " or disable real time cpu sleeping\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3928 | SRST |
| 3929 | ``-icount [shift=N|auto][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename,rrsnapshot=snapshot]`` |
| 3930 | Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one |
| 3931 | instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified |
| 3932 | then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep |
| 3933 | virtual time within a few seconds of real time. |
| 3934 | |
| 3935 | When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at |
| 3936 | default speed unless ``sleep=on|off`` is specified. With |
| 3937 | ``sleep=on|off``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer |
| 3938 | deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and |
| 3939 | will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior give |
| 3940 | deterministic execution times from the guest point of view. |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does |
| 3943 | not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain |
| 3944 | superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The |
| 3945 | number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation |
| 3946 | with actual performance. |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to |
| 3949 | synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to |
| 3950 | have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift |
| 3951 | option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if |
| 3952 | ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to |
| 3953 | inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when |
| 3954 | ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those |
| 3955 | shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock. |
| 3956 | Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high |
| 3957 | depends on the host machine). |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | When ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is |
| 3960 | enabled. Replay log is written into filename file in record mode and |
| 3961 | read from this file in replay mode. |
| 3962 | |
| 3963 | Option rrsnapshot is used to create new vm snapshot named snapshot |
| 3964 | at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option is |
| 3965 | used to load the initial VM state. |
| 3966 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | |
Richard W.M. Jones | 9dd986c | 2009-04-25 13:56:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | DEF("watchdog", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog, \ |
Xu Wang | d7933ef | 2015-06-11 17:32:05 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | "-watchdog model\n" \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | " enable virtual hardware watchdog [default=none]\n", |
| 3971 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | SRST |
| 3973 | ``-watchdog model`` |
| 3974 | Create a virtual hardware watchdog device. Once enabled (by a guest |
| 3975 | action), the watchdog must be periodically polled by an agent inside |
| 3976 | the guest or else the guest will be restarted. Choose a model for |
| 3977 | which your guest has drivers. |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | The model is the model of hardware watchdog to emulate. Use |
| 3980 | ``-watchdog help`` to list available hardware models. Only one |
| 3981 | watchdog can be enabled for a guest. |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | The following models may be available: |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | ``ib700`` |
| 3986 | iBASE 700 is a very simple ISA watchdog with a single timer. |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | ``i6300esb`` |
| 3989 | Intel 6300ESB I/O controller hub is a much more featureful |
| 3990 | PCI-based dual-timer watchdog. |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | ``diag288`` |
| 3993 | A virtual watchdog for s390x backed by the diagnose 288 |
| 3994 | hypercall (currently KVM only). |
| 3995 | ERST |
Richard W.M. Jones | 9dd986c | 2009-04-25 13:56:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | |
| 3997 | DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \ |
Markus Armbruster | 7ad9270 | 2017-10-02 16:03:07 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n", |
| 4000 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | SRST |
| 4002 | ``-watchdog-action action`` |
| 4003 | The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer |
| 4004 | expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest). |
| 4005 | Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully |
| 4006 | shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest), |
| 4007 | ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the |
| 4008 | guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none`` |
| 4009 | (do nothing). |
| 4010 | |
| 4011 | Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds |
| 4012 | to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of |
| 4013 | situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus |
| 4014 | ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use. |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | Examples: |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | ``-watchdog i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``; \ ``-watchdog ib700`` |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | ERST |
Richard W.M. Jones | 9dd986c | 2009-04-25 13:56:19 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n", |
| 4024 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4025 | SRST |
| 4026 | ``-echr numeric_ascii_value`` |
| 4027 | Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when |
| 4028 | using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using |
| 4029 | the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing |
| 4030 | ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii |
| 4031 | control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z. |
| 4032 | For instance you could use the either of the following to change the |
| 4033 | escape character to Control-t. |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20`` |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4039 | DEF("show-cursor", 0, QEMU_OPTION_show_cursor, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 | "-show-cursor show cursor\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | SRST |
| 4042 | ``-show-cursor`` |
| 4043 | Show cursor. |
| 4044 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | |
| 4046 | DEF("tb-size", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tb_size, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 | "-tb-size n set TB size\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 | SRST |
| 4049 | ``-tb-size n`` |
| 4050 | Set TCG translation block cache size. Deprecated, use |
| 4051 | '\ ``-accel tcg,tb-size=n``\ ' instead. |
| 4052 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | |
| 4054 | DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \ |
Michael Tokarev | 7c60180 | 2015-02-10 22:40:47 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4055 | "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \ |
| 4056 | "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]\n" \ |
| 4057 | "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \ |
| 4058 | " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \ |
| 4059 | " specified protocol and socket address\n" \ |
| 4060 | "-incoming fd:fd\n" \ |
| 4061 | "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \ |
| 4062 | " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \ |
Dr. David Alan Gilbert | 1597051 | 2015-05-29 19:52:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4063 | " or from given external command\n" \ |
| 4064 | "-incoming defer\n" \ |
| 4065 | " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n", |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4067 | SRST |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4068 | ``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4][,ipv6]`` |
| 4069 | \ |
| 4070 | ``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4][,ipv6]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port. |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | ``-incoming unix:socketpath`` |
| 4074 | Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket. |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | ``-incoming fd:fd`` |
| 4077 | Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor. |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | ``-incoming exec:cmdline`` |
| 4080 | Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external |
| 4081 | command. |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | ``-incoming defer`` |
| 4084 | Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor |
| 4085 | can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior |
| 4086 | to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin. |
| 4087 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | |
Ashijeet Acharya | d15c05f | 2017-01-16 17:01:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 4089 | DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \ |
| 4090 | "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | SRST |
| 4092 | ``-only-migratable`` |
| 4093 | Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter |
| 4094 | an unmigratable state. |
| 4095 | ERST |
Ashijeet Acharya | d15c05f | 2017-01-16 17:01:51 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | |
Gerd Hoffmann | d8c208d | 2009-12-08 13:11:46 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | SRST |
| 4100 | ``-nodefaults`` |
| 4101 | Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default |
| 4102 | devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor |
| 4103 | device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The |
| 4104 | ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices. |
| 4105 | ERST |
Gerd Hoffmann | d8c208d | 2009-12-08 13:11:46 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4107 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 4108 | DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \ |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n", |
| 4110 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | #endif |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | SRST |
| 4113 | ``-chroot dir`` |
| 4114 | Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified |
| 4115 | directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas. |
| 4116 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4117 | |
| 4118 | #ifndef _WIN32 |
| 4119 | DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \ |
Ian Jackson | 2c42f1e | 2017-09-15 18:10:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \ |
| 4121 | " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n", |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4123 | #endif |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | SRST |
| 4125 | ``-runas user`` |
| 4126 | Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges, |
| 4127 | switching to the specified user. |
| 4128 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4129 | |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4130 | DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env, |
| 4131 | "-prom-env variable=value\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4132 | " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n", |
| 4133 | QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4134 | SRST |
| 4135 | ``-prom-env variable=value`` |
| 4136 | Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only). |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 | :: |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ |
| 4141 | -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single' |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | :: |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 | qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \ |
| 4146 | -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \ |
| 4147 | -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf' |
| 4148 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting, |
Michael Walle | f7bbcfb | 2014-04-22 20:18:42 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | "-semihosting semihosting mode\n", |
Leon Alrae | 3b3c169 | 2015-06-19 11:08:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4151 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 | |
Sandra Loosemore | 413a99a | 2019-04-03 13:53:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | SRST |
| 4154 | ``-semihosting`` |
| 4155 | Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II only). |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so |
| 4158 | should only be used with a trusted guest OS. |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further |
| 4161 | information about the facilities this enables. |
| 4162 | ERST |
Liviu Ionescu | a38bb07 | 2014-12-11 12:07:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config, |
Alex Bennée | 4e7f903 | 2019-05-14 15:30:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \ |
Leon Alrae | a59d31a | 2015-06-19 14:17:45 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | " semihosting configuration\n", |
Leon Alrae | 3b3c169 | 2015-06-19 11:08:43 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA | QEMU_ARCH_LM32 | |
Sandra Loosemore | 413a99a | 2019-04-03 13:53:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | SRST |
| 4169 | ``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,arg=str[,...]]`` |
| 4170 | Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II |
| 4171 | only). |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so |
| 4174 | should only be used with a trusted guest OS. |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0. |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by |
| 4179 | libgloss. |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as |
| 4182 | open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and |
| 4183 | linux platform "sim" use this interface. |
| 4184 | |
| 4185 | ``target=native|gdb|auto`` |
| 4186 | Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU |
| 4187 | (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which |
| 4188 | means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise. |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | ``chardev=str1`` |
| 4191 | Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto |
| 4192 | output when not in gdb |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...`` |
| 4195 | Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used |
| 4196 | multiple times to build up a list. The old-style |
| 4197 | ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is |
| 4198 | still supported for backward compatibility. If both the |
| 4199 | ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are |
| 4200 | specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always |
| 4201 | takes precedence. |
| 4202 | ERST |
blueswir1 | 5824d65 | 2009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4203 | DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4204 | "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4205 | SRST |
| 4206 | ``-old-param`` |
| 4207 | Old param mode (ARM only). |
| 4208 | ERST |
Stefan Weil | 95d5f08 | 2010-01-20 22:25:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4209 | |
Eduardo Otubo | 7d76ad4 | 2012-08-14 18:44:08 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4210 | DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 73a1e64 | 2017-03-13 22:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4211 | "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 24f8cdc | 2017-03-13 22:18:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 2b716fa | 2017-03-01 23:17:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \ |
| 4214 | " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \ |
| 4215 | " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 73a1e64 | 2017-03-13 22:13:27 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | " C library implementations.\n" \ |
| 4217 | " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny QEMU process to elevate\n" \ |
| 4218 | " its privileges by blacklisting all set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \ |
| 4219 | " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 995a226 | 2017-03-13 22:16:01 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \ |
| 4221 | " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \ |
Eduardo Otubo | 24f8cdc | 2017-03-13 22:18:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | " blacklisting *fork and execve\n" \ |
| 4223 | " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n", |
Eduardo Otubo | 7d76ad4 | 2012-08-14 18:44:08 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4225 | SRST |
| 4226 | ``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]`` |
| 4227 | Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall |
| 4228 | filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'. |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | ``obsolete=string`` |
| 4231 | Enable Obsolete system calls |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | ``elevateprivileges=string`` |
| 4234 | Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | ``spawn=string`` |
| 4237 | Disable \*fork and execve |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 | ``resourcecontrol=string`` |
| 4240 | Disable process affinity and schedular priority |
| 4241 | ERST |
Eduardo Otubo | 7d76ad4 | 2012-08-14 18:44:08 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4242 | |
Gerd Hoffmann | 715a664 | 2009-10-14 10:39:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4243 | DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig, |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | "-readconfig <file>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 | SRST |
| 4246 | ``-readconfig file`` |
| 4247 | Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when |
| 4248 | you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but |
| 4249 | you don't want to exceed the command line character limit. |
| 4250 | ERST |
Gerd Hoffmann | 715a664 | 2009-10-14 10:39:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 | DEF("writeconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_writeconfig, |
| 4252 | "-writeconfig <file>\n" |
Blue Swirl | ad96090 | 2010-03-29 19:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4253 | " read/write config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 | SRST |
| 4255 | ``-writeconfig file`` |
| 4256 | Write device configuration to file. The file can be either filename |
| 4257 | to save command line and device configuration into file or dash |
| 4258 | ``-``) character to print the output to stdout. This can be later |
| 4259 | used as input file for ``-readconfig`` option. |
| 4260 | ERST |
Thomas Huth | 2feac45 | 2018-08-21 12:59:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4261 | |
Eduardo Habkost | f29a561 | 2012-05-02 13:07:29 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig, |
| 4263 | "-no-user-config\n" |
Eduardo Habkost | 3478eae | 2017-10-04 00:00:25 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4264 | " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n", |
Eduardo Habkost | f29a561 | 2012-05-02 13:07:29 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4266 | SRST |
| 4267 | ``-no-user-config`` |
| 4268 | The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the |
| 4269 | user-provided config files on sysconfdir. |
| 4270 | ERST |
Thomas Huth | 2feac45 | 2018-08-21 12:59:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | |
Prerna Saxena | ab6540d | 2010-08-09 11:48:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 | DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace, |
Paolo Bonzini | 10578a2 | 2016-01-07 16:55:26 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 | "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n" |
LluÃs | 23d15e8 | 2011-08-31 20:31:31 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | " specify tracing options\n", |
Prerna Saxena | ab6540d | 2010-08-09 11:48:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4276 | SRST |
| 4277 | ``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]`` |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4278 | .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4279 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | ERST |
LluÃs Vilanova | 42229a7 | 2017-07-24 17:28:22 +0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 | DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin, |
| 4282 | "-plugin [file=]<file>[,arg=<string>]\n" |
| 4283 | " load a plugin\n", |
| 4284 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | SRST |
| 4286 | ``-plugin file=file[,arg=string]`` |
| 4287 | Load a plugin. |
| 4288 | |
| 4289 | ``file=file`` |
| 4290 | Load the given plugin from a shared library file. |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | ``arg=string`` |
| 4293 | Argument string passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple |
| 4294 | times.) |
| 4295 | ERST |
Stefan Weil | 3dbf2c7 | 2010-01-16 18:19:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4296 | |
Markus Armbruster | 31e70d6 | 2013-02-13 19:49:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | HXCOMM Internal use |
| 4298 | DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 4299 | DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Anthony Liguori | c7f0f3b | 2012-03-28 15:42:02 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4300 | |
Paul Moore | 0f66998 | 2012-08-03 14:39:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 | #ifdef __linux__ |
| 4302 | DEF("enable-fips", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enablefips, |
| 4303 | "-enable-fips enable FIPS 140-2 compliance\n", |
| 4304 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
| 4305 | #endif |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4306 | SRST |
| 4307 | ``-enable-fips`` |
| 4308 | Enable FIPS 140-2 compliance mode. |
| 4309 | ERST |
Paul Moore | 0f66998 | 2012-08-03 14:39:21 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 | |
Thomas Huth | 976e8c5 | 2019-09-04 07:27:39 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4311 | HXCOMM Deprecated by -accel tcg |
Bruce Rogers | c6e88b3 | 2012-11-20 07:11:21 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4312 | DEF("no-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_kvm, "", QEMU_ARCH_I386) |
Jan Kiszka | a0dac02 | 2012-10-05 14:51:45 -0300 | [diff] [blame] | 4313 | |
Seiji Aguchi | 5e2ac51 | 2013-07-03 23:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4314 | DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg, |
Mario Smarduch | 2880ffb | 2020-06-26 13:19:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4315 | "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n" |
Markus Armbruster | deda497 | 2019-10-10 10:15:08 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4316 | " control error message format\n" |
Mario Smarduch | 2880ffb | 2020-06-26 13:19:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4317 | " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n" |
| 4318 | " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n" |
| 4319 | " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n", |
Seiji Aguchi | 5e2ac51 | 2013-07-03 23:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4321 | SRST |
Mario Smarduch | 2880ffb | 2020-06-26 13:19:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 | ``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]`` |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4323 | Control error message format. |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | ``timestamp=on|off`` |
| 4326 | Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off. |
Mario Smarduch | 2880ffb | 2020-06-26 13:19:00 -0700 | [diff] [blame] | 4327 | |
| 4328 | ``guest-name=on|off`` |
| 4329 | Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set |
| 4330 | otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4331 | ERST |
Seiji Aguchi | 5e2ac51 | 2013-07-03 23:02:46 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4332 | |
Amit Shah | abfd9ce | 2014-06-20 18:56:08 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate, |
| 4334 | "-dump-vmstate <file>\n" |
| 4335 | " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n" |
| 4336 | " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n" |
| 4337 | " check for possible regressions in migration code\n" |
Laurent Vivier | 2382053 | 2015-09-04 21:30:04 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4338 | " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n", |
Amit Shah | abfd9ce | 2014-06-20 18:56:08 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 4339 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4340 | SRST |
| 4341 | ``-dump-vmstate file`` |
| 4342 | Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to |
| 4343 | file in file |
| 4344 | ERST |
Amit Shah | abfd9ce | 2014-06-20 18:56:08 +0530 | [diff] [blame] | 4345 | |
Emilio G. Cota | 12df189 | 2018-08-15 11:42:49 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4346 | DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile, |
| 4347 | "-enable-sync-profile\n" |
| 4348 | " enable synchronization profiling\n", |
| 4349 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4350 | SRST |
| 4351 | ``-enable-sync-profile`` |
| 4352 | Enable synchronization profiling. |
| 4353 | ERST |
Emilio G. Cota | 12df189 | 2018-08-15 11:42:49 -0400 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | |
Paolo Bonzini | 43f187a | 2017-01-04 13:50:37 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4355 | DEFHEADING() |
Markus Armbruster | de6b4f9 | 2017-10-02 16:03:00 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 | |
| 4357 | DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:) |
Daniel P. Berrange | b9174d4 | 2015-05-13 17:14:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4358 | |
| 4359 | DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object, |
| 4360 | "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n" |
| 4361 | " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n" |
| 4362 | " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n" |
| 4363 | " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n" |
| 4364 | " '/objects' path.\n", |
| 4365 | QEMU_ARCH_ALL) |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4366 | SRST |
| 4367 | ``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]`` |
| 4368 | Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order |
| 4369 | they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These |
| 4370 | objects are placed in the '/objects' path. |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align`` |
| 4373 | Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back |
| 4374 | the guest RAM with huge pages. |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to |
| 4377 | reference this memory region when configuring the ``-numa`` |
| 4378 | argument. |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and |
| 4381 | accepts common suffixes, eg ``500M``. |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 | The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or |
| 4384 | huge page filesystem mount. |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory |
| 4387 | region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter |
| 4388 | allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory |
| 4389 | region. |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to |
| 4392 | limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux. |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA |
| 4395 | bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see |
| 4396 | Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel |
| 4397 | source tree for additional details. |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that |
| 4400 | file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid |
| 4401 | unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that |
| 4402 | ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not |
| 4403 | discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated |
| 4404 | using SIGKILL. |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as |
| 4407 | MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider |
| 4408 | the pages for memory deduplication. |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory |
| 4411 | from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP. |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation. |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of |
| 4416 | NUMA host nodes. |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the |
| 4419 | following values: |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | ``default`` |
| 4422 | default host policy |
| 4423 | |
| 4424 | ``preferred`` |
| 4425 | prefer the given host node list for allocation |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | ``bind`` |
| 4428 | restrict memory allocation to the given host node list |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | ``interleave`` |
| 4431 | interleave memory allocations across the given host node |
| 4432 | list |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when |
| 4435 | QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg |
| 4436 | ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an |
| 4437 | alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the |
| 4438 | device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In |
| 4439 | such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this |
| 4440 | option. |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 | The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified |
| 4443 | by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be |
| 4444 | accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel |
| 4445 | NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary |
| 4446 | operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to |
| 4447 | ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live |
| 4448 | migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC |
| 4449 | flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for |
| 4450 | ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC |
| 4451 | requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel |
| 4452 | 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX |
| 4453 | option. |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave`` |
| 4456 | Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the |
| 4457 | guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the |
| 4458 | ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM. |
| 4459 | Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the |
| 4460 | options. |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size`` |
| 4463 | Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows |
| 4464 | QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when |
| 4465 | using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and |
| 4466 | optional sealing. (Linux only) |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block |
| 4469 | further resizing the memory ('on' by default). |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in |
| 4472 | the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction |
| 4473 | with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify |
| 4474 | the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb |
| 4475 | page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the |
| 4476 | system). |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is |
| 4479 | incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux |
| 4480 | 4.16). |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the |
| 4483 | other options. |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd. |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | ``-object rng-builtin,id=id`` |
| 4488 | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy |
| 4489 | from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID |
| 4490 | that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the |
| 4491 | ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device |
| 4492 | uses this RNG backend. |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random`` |
| 4495 | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy |
| 4496 | from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID |
| 4497 | that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the |
| 4498 | ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies |
| 4499 | which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to |
| 4500 | ``/dev/urandom``. |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid`` |
| 4503 | Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy |
| 4504 | from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id`` |
| 4505 | parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this |
| 4506 | entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev`` |
| 4507 | parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that |
| 4508 | provides the connection to the RNG daemon. |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 | ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off`` |
| 4511 | Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to |
| 4512 | provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is |
| 4513 | a unique ID which network backends will use to access the |
| 4514 | credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` |
| 4515 | depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the |
| 4516 | credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If |
| 4517 | ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake |
| 4518 | is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this |
| 4519 | is a no-op for anonymous credentials. |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. |
| 4522 | For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file |
| 4523 | dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the |
| 4524 | TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of |
| 4525 | DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive |
| 4526 | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is |
| 4527 | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated |
| 4528 | upfront and saved. |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]`` |
| 4531 | Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which |
| 4532 | can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The |
| 4533 | ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use |
| 4534 | to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` |
| 4535 | or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that |
| 4536 | uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. |
| 4537 | For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be |
| 4538 | sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu". |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is |
| 4541 | called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This |
| 4542 | file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool`` |
| 4543 | program. |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 | For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem |
| 4546 | providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server. |
| 4547 | If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH |
| 4548 | parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive |
| 4549 | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is |
| 4550 | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up |
| 4551 | front and saved. |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id`` |
| 4554 | Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to |
| 4555 | provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is |
| 4556 | a unique ID which network backends will use to access the |
| 4557 | credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client`` |
| 4558 | depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the |
| 4559 | credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If |
| 4560 | ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake |
| 4561 | is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509 |
| 4562 | certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided |
| 4563 | with valid client certificates too. |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files. |
| 4566 | For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file |
| 4567 | dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the |
| 4568 | TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of |
| 4569 | DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive |
| 4570 | operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is |
| 4571 | recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated |
| 4572 | upfront and saved. |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain |
| 4575 | further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates |
| 4576 | must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem, |
| 4577 | ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers), |
| 4578 | server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients), |
| 4579 | and client-key.pem (only clients). |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain |
| 4582 | sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted |
| 4583 | version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the |
| 4584 | ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the |
| 4585 | password for decryption. |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | The priority parameter allows to override the global default |
| 4588 | priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system |
| 4589 | administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for |
| 4590 | QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all |
| 4591 | applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger |
| 4592 | default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do |
| 4593 | this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority |
| 4594 | string as described at |
| 4595 | https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. |
| 4596 | |
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé | 993aec2 | 2018-10-11 20:21:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4597 | ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority`` |
| 4598 | Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control |
| 4599 | the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted |
| 4600 | to use. |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to |
| 4603 | access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the |
| 4604 | host. |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default |
| 4607 | priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system |
| 4608 | administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for |
| 4609 | QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all |
| 4610 | applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger |
| 4611 | default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do |
| 4612 | this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority |
| 4613 | string as described at |
| 4614 | https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html. |
| 4615 | |
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé | 69699f3 | 2020-05-14 15:15:47 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4616 | An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot. |
| 4617 | The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted |
| 4618 | TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via |
| 4619 | fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER |
| 4620 | objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring |
| 4621 | guest-side TLS. |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy |
| 4624 | is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property. |
| 4625 | Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to |
| 4626 | refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config. |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | .. parsed-literal:: |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 4631 | -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \ |
| 4632 | -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0 |
| 4633 | |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4634 | ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` |
| 4635 | Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery: |
| 4636 | all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are |
| 4637 | delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in |
| 4638 | microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the |
| 4639 | netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status |
| 4640 | for netfilter will be 'on'. |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any |
| 4643 | netfilter. |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the |
| 4646 | transmit queue of the netdev (default). |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the |
| 4649 | netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev. |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the |
| 4652 | netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev. |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the |
| 4655 | filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied |
| 4656 | to any netfilter. |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list, |
| 4659 | before any existing filters. |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list, |
| 4662 | behind any existing filters (default). |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter |
| 4665 | specified by <id>, see the insert option below. |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert |
| 4668 | the new filter relative to the one specified with |
| 4669 | position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter. |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | ``before``: insert before the specified filter. |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default). |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` |
| 4676 | filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to |
| 4677 | chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, |
| 4678 | filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` |
| 4681 | filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net |
| 4682 | packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to |
| 4683 | filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector |
| 4684 | will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a |
| 4685 | filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id |
| 4686 | can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at |
| 4687 | least one of indev or outdev need to be specified. |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` |
| 4690 | Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp |
| 4691 | packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp |
| 4692 | connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make |
| 4693 | tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the |
| 4694 | vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header. |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | usage: colo secondary: -object |
| 4697 | filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object |
| 4698 | filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object |
| 4699 | filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]`` |
| 4702 | Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by |
| 4703 | filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are |
| 4704 | stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with |
| 4705 | tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark. |
| 4706 | |
Zhang Chen | a2e5cb7 | 2020-06-24 09:20:41 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4707 | ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]`` |
Zhang Chen | 2b28a7e | 2020-06-24 09:20:42 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and |
| 4709 | secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet |
| 4710 | and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output |
| 4711 | primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do |
| 4712 | checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to |
| 4713 | improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in |
| 4714 | another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, |
| 4715 | colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. |
| 4716 | The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the |
| 4717 | colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms} |
| 4718 | is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets. |
| 4719 | The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue |
| 4720 | size depend on user environment. |
| 4721 | If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to |
Zhang Chen | 9cc43c9 | 2020-03-18 16:23:19 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4722 | notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4723 | |
Zhang Chen | 2b28a7e | 2020-06-24 09:20:42 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4724 | COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror, |
| 4725 | filter-redirector and filter-rewriter. |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4726 | |
| 4727 | :: |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | KVM COLO |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | primary: |
| 4732 | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown |
| 4733 | -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 |
| 4734 | -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait |
| 4735 | -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait |
| 4736 | -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait |
| 4737 | -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 |
| 4738 | -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait |
| 4739 | -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 |
| 4740 | -object iothread,id=iothread1 |
| 4741 | -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 |
| 4742 | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out |
| 4743 | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 |
| 4744 | -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1 |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | secondary: |
| 4747 | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown |
| 4748 | -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 |
| 4749 | -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 |
| 4750 | -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 |
| 4751 | -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 |
| 4752 | -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 |
| 4753 | |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | Xen COLO |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | primary: |
| 4758 | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown |
| 4759 | -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 |
| 4760 | -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server,nowait |
| 4761 | -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server,nowait |
| 4762 | -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server,nowait |
| 4763 | -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001 |
| 4764 | -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server,nowait |
| 4765 | -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005 |
| 4766 | -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server,nowait |
| 4767 | -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0 |
| 4768 | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out |
| 4769 | -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0 |
| 4770 | -object iothread,id=iothread1 |
| 4771 | -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1 |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 | secondary: |
| 4774 | -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown |
| 4775 | -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66 |
| 4776 | -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003 |
| 4777 | -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004 |
| 4778 | -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 |
| 4779 | -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can |
| 4782 | read the colo-compare git log. |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 | ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]`` |
| 4785 | Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from |
| 4786 | the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will |
| 4787 | be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the |
| 4788 | ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional, |
| 4789 | which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default |
| 4790 | of queues is 1. |
| 4791 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4792 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4793 | |
| 4794 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 4795 | [...] \ |
| 4796 | -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \ |
| 4797 | -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \ |
| 4798 | [...] |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]`` |
| 4801 | Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev |
| 4802 | chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to |
| 4803 | reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto`` |
| 4804 | device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one. |
| 4805 | The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass |
| 4806 | vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other |
| 4807 | end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which |
| 4808 | specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue |
| 4809 | vhost-user, the default of queues is 1. |
| 4810 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4811 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4812 | |
| 4813 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 4814 | [...] \ |
| 4815 | -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \ |
| 4816 | -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \ |
| 4817 | -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \ |
| 4818 | [...] |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4821 | \ |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4822 | ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]`` |
| 4823 | Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some |
| 4824 | other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed |
| 4825 | directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file |
| 4826 | parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the |
| 4827 | sensitive data is encrypted. |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default), |
| 4830 | or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports |
| 4831 | valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending |
| 4832 | binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is |
| 4833 | provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password |
| 4834 | can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64 |
| 4835 | encoded when passed onto the RBD sever. |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data |
| 4838 | associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of |
| 4839 | encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv |
| 4840 | parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously |
| 4841 | defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This |
| 4842 | key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv |
| 4843 | parameter provides the random initialization vector used for |
| 4844 | encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64 |
| 4845 | encrypted string of the 16-byte IV. |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline |
| 4848 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4849 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4850 | |
| 4851 | # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object |
| 4856 | secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate |
| 4859 | usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt |
| 4860 | the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be |
| 4861 | padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard |
| 4862 | PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm. |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding: |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | :: |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64 |
| 4869 | # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"') |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random |
| 4872 | initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept |
| 4873 | secret |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | :: |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64 |
| 4878 | # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"') |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case |
| 4881 | we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could |
| 4882 | be left as raw bytes if desired. |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | :: |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" | |
| 4887 | openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV) |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to |
| 4890 | ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user |
| 4891 | password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret |
| 4892 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4893 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4894 | |
| 4895 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 4896 | -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \ |
| 4897 | -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\ |
| 4898 | data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64) |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file]`` |
| 4901 | Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object, |
| 4902 | which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support |
| 4903 | on AMD processors. |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address |
| 4906 | bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is |
| 4907 | protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit |
| 4908 | position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user |
| 4909 | must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47. |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 | When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in |
| 4912 | physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to |
| 4913 | provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space. |
| 4914 | Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC, |
| 4915 | the value should be 5. |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for |
| 4918 | communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure |
| 4919 | Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware |
| 4920 | supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by |
| 4921 | CCP driver. |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the |
| 4924 | SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational |
| 4925 | commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The |
| 4926 | policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the |
| 4927 | guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the |
| 4928 | guest. The default is 0. |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV |
| 4931 | guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest |
| 4932 | from which to share the key. |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest |
| 4935 | owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH |
| 4936 | and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic |
| 4937 | session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for |
| 4938 | attestation. The file must be encoded in base64. |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | e.g to launch a SEV guest |
| 4941 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4942 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4943 | |
| 4944 | # |qemu_system_x86| \ |
| 4945 | ...... |
| 4946 | -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \ |
| 4947 | -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 |
| 4948 | ..... |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string`` |
| 4951 | Create an authorization object that will control access to |
| 4952 | network services. |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format |
| 4955 | depends on the network service that authorization object is |
| 4956 | associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates, |
| 4957 | the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care |
| 4958 | must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name. |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished |
| 4961 | name would look like: |
| 4962 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4963 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4964 | |
| 4965 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 4966 | ... |
| 4967 | -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \ |
| 4968 | ... |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name |
| 4971 | containing whitespace, and escaping of ','. |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=yes|no`` |
| 4974 | Create an authorization object that will control access to |
| 4975 | network services. |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file |
| 4978 | containing the access control list rules in JSON format. |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might |
| 4981 | look like: |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 | :: |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | "rules": [ |
| 4987 | { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, |
| 4988 | { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, |
| 4989 | { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" }, |
| 4990 | { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" }, |
| 4991 | ], |
| 4992 | "policy": "deny" |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules |
| 4996 | and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value |
| 4997 | returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default |
| 4998 | ``policy`` value is returned. |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use |
| 5001 | the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be |
| 5002 | used. |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and |
| 5005 | automatically reloaded whenever its content changes. |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity |
| 5008 | strings being matched depends on the network service, but is |
| 5009 | usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username. |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | An example authorization object to validate a SASL username |
| 5012 | would look like: |
| 5013 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5014 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5015 | |
| 5016 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 5017 | ... |
| 5018 | -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=yes |
| 5019 | ... |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string`` |
| 5022 | Create an authorization object that will control access to |
| 5023 | network services. |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to |
| 5026 | use for authorization. It requires that a file |
| 5027 | ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for |
| 5028 | the ``account`` subsystem. |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509 |
| 5031 | distinguished name would look like: |
| 5032 | |
Peter Maydell | 09ce5f2 | 2020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5033 | .. parsed-literal:: |
Peter Maydell | e2fcbf4 | 2020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5034 | |
| 5035 | # |qemu_system| \ |
| 5036 | ... |
| 5037 | -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc |
| 5038 | ... |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at |
| 5041 | ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains: |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | :: |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \ |
| 5046 | file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list |
| 5049 | of x509 distingished names that are permitted access |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | :: |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink`` |
| 5056 | Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be |
| 5057 | assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device |
| 5058 | emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread. |
| 5059 | This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device |
| 5060 | emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs. |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to |
| 5063 | reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``. |
| 5064 | Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not |
| 5065 | all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter. |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports |
| 5068 | their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU |
| 5069 | pinning/affinity. |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop |
| 5072 | latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor |
| 5073 | file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an |
| 5074 | event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for |
| 5075 | a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable |
| 5076 | for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the |
| 5077 | workload and/or host device latency. |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of |
| 5080 | nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by |
| 5081 | setting this value to 0. |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase |
| 5084 | the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events |
| 5085 | due to not polling long enough. |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease |
| 5088 | the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too |
| 5089 | long polling without encountering events. |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | The polling parameters can be modified at run-time using the |
| 5092 | ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's |
| 5093 | ``id``): |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | :: |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000 |
| 5098 | ERST |
Daniel P. Berrange | b9174d4 | 2015-05-13 17:14:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5099 | |
| 5100 | |
Stefan Weil | 3dbf2c7 | 2010-01-16 18:19:44 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5101 | HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line! |